You are on page 1of 97

89 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART IX
THE PANCHAYATS
243. D ef in itio ns . In thi s Pa rt, unl es s the con te xt othe rw is e re quir es ,
(a) district means a district in a State;
(b) Gram Sabha means a body consisting of persons registered in the electoral rolls
relating to a village comprised within the area of Panchayat at the village level;
(c) intermediate level means a level between the village and district levels specified
by the Governor of a State by public notification to be the intermediate level for the
purposes of this Part;
(d) Panchayat means an institution (by whatever name called) of self- government
constituted under article 243B, for the rural areas;
(e) Panchayat area means the territorial area of a Panchayat;
(f) Population means the population as ascertained at the last preceding census of
which the relevant figures have been published;
(g) village means a village specified by the Governor by public notification to be a
village for the purposes of this Part and includes a group of villages so specified.
243A. Gr am Sabha . A G ra m S abha m ay ex er ci se suc h pow er s and
p er for m suc h fun ct ions a t th e vill ag e lev el as the Le gis la tur e of a Sta te
m ay, by la w, provid e.
243B. Co ns ti tut ion of Panc hayat s . (1 ) Th er e s ha ll b e con sti tut ed in
e ve ry Sta te , P anc hay at s at th e vill age , inte rm ed ia te and dist ri ct l eve ls in
a cc or dan ce with th e prov is ions of thi s Pa rt .
(2) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in cl au se (1 ), Pan ch aya ts a t the
int er me di at e l eve l ma y not be con st itut ed in a St at e hav ing a popul at ion
not ex ce ed ing t we nty lakh s.
243C. C ompos it ion of Pa nc hayat s . (1) Subje ct to the provis ions of
thi s Pa rt, th e Legi sl at ur e of a St at e ma y, by l aw, ma ke prov is ions w ith
r es pe ct to the co mpo si tion of P anc hay at s:
Provid ed th at the r at io be tw ee n th e popula tion of the t er ri tor ia l ar ea of a
P anc hay at at a ny le ve l and th e nu mbe r of s ea ts in su ch P anc hay at to be
f ill ed by e le ct ion sha ll, so f ar a s pra ct ic ab le , b e th e sa me throughou t th e
St at e.
(2) A ll th e s ea ts in a Pan ch aya t sh al l be f ill ed by pe rs ons chos en by
di re ct e le ct ion fro m te rr ito ria l cons ti tuen ci es in th e Pan cha ya t a re a a nd, for
thi s purpo se , e ac h P anc hay at ar ea sh al l be div ided into t er rito ri al
c ons titu enc ie s in suc h ma nn er that the ra tio be tw ee n th e popul ation of ea ch
c ons titu enc y a nd th e numb er of se at s a llo tte d to it sh all , s o f ar a s
pr ac ti ca bl e, be th e s am e throughout th e p anch ay at ar ea .
(3) The Le gis la tur e of a Sta te m ay, by la w, provid e for th e rep re se nt at ion

89
90 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(a) of the Chairpersons of the Panchayats at the village level, in the Panchayats at the
intermediate level or, in the case of a State not having Panchayats at the intermediate
level, in the Panchayats at the district level;
(b) of the Chairpersons of the Panchayats at the intermediate level, in the Panchayats
at the district level;
(c) of the members of the House of the People and the members of the Legislative
Assembly of the State representing constituencies which comprise wholly or partly a
Panchayat area at a level other than the village level, in such Panchayat;
(d) of the members of the Council of States and the members of the Legislative
Council of the State, where they are registered as electors within
(i) a Panchayat area at the intermediate level, in Panchayat at the intermediate
level;
(ii) a Panchayat area at the district level, in Panchayat at the district level.
(4) Th e Cha ir pe rson of a P anc hay at and oth er me mb er s of a P anc hay at
wh et he r or not cho se n by dire ct e le ct ion fro m t er rito ri al con st itue nc ie s in
th e Pan cha ya t a re a s ha ll hav e the righ t to vote in the m ee ti ngs of the
P anc hay at s.
(5) The Cha ir pe rson of
(a) a panchayat at the village level shall be elected in such manner as the Legislature
of a State may, by law, provide; and
(b) a Panchayat at the intermediate level or district level shall be elected by, and from
amongst, the elected members thereof.
243D. Re se rv at ion of se at s . (1 ) S ea ts sh al l be re se rv ed for
(a) the Scheduled Castes; and
(b) the Scheduled Tribes,
in ev ery P anch ay at and the nu mbe r of s ea ts so re se rv ed sh all be ar, as
n ea rly a s ma y be, the s am e propo rtion to the tota l numb er of s ea ts to be
f ill ed by dir ec t e le ct ion in that Pan cha ya t a s th e popul ation of the
S che dule d Ca st es in th at Pan cha ya t ar ea or of the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in tha t
P anc hay at ar ea be ar s to the to ta l popula tion of tha t ar ea a nd su ch s ea ts ma y
b e a llo tte d by rota tion to diffe re nt con st itu enc ie s in a Pan cha ya t.
(2) Not l es s th an on e- third of the tota l numb er of s ea ts r es er ved under
c la us e (1) sh al l b e r es er ve d for wom en b elonging to the Sch edul ed Ca st es
or, a s the c as e m ay be , the S chedu led Tr ibe s.
(3) Not l es s th an on e- third ( inc luding th e nu mbe r of s ea ts r es er ve d for
wo me n b elonging to the S che dule d Ca st es a nd the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s) of th e
tot al nu mbe r of s ea ts to b e f ill ed by dir ec t e le ct ion in ev er y P anc hay at
sh al l be re se rv ed fo r wo me n and such se at s ma y be a llo tt ed by rot at ion to
di ff er en t con sti tuen ci es in a P anc hay at .
(4) Th e offi ce s of th e Cha irp er son s in th e P anch ay at s a t th e vill ag e or
a ny othe r l eve l sh al l be r es er ve d fo r the Sch edul ed C as te s, the Sch edul ed
91 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Trib es a nd w om en in such m ann er a s the L egi sl atu re of a St at e ma y, by l aw,


prov ide :
Provid ed tha t the numb er of offi ce s of Ch ai rpe rs ons re se rv ed fo r th e
S che dule d Ca st es a nd the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in the P anc hay at s a t e ac h l eve l
in any Sta te sha ll be ar, a s ne ar ly as m ay be , th e sa me propor tion to th e
tot al nu mbe r of s uch o ffi ce s in the P anc hay at s at e ac h lev el a s the
popul at ion of th e Sch edul ed C as te s in the Sta te or of th e S che dule d Trib es
in the St at e be ar s to th e tota l popula tion of th e Sta te :
Provid ed fur the r tha t not le ss than one -thi rd of th e tota l numb er of
o ff ic es of Ch ai rpe rs ons in the Pan cha ya ts at ea ch lev el s ha ll b e re se rv ed
fo r wom en :
Provid ed al so tha t the numb er of offi ce s r es er ve d und er thi s cl aus e sh al l
b e a llo tte d by rota tion to diffe re nt P anch ay at s at e ac h lev el.
(5) The re se rv at ion of se at s unde r c la us es (1) and (2) and th e r es er va ti on
of offic es of Cha irp er son s (oth er than the re se rv at ion for wom en ) unde r
c la us e (4) sh al l c ea se to hav e effe ct on th e expi ra tion of the pe riod
sp ec if ie d in a rt ic le 334.
(6) No thing in thi s Pa rt sh all pr eve nt the L egi sl atu re of a Sta te fro m
m ak ing any prov is ion fo r re se rv at ion of s ea ts in a ny Pan ch aya t or o ff ic es
of Ch ai rpe rs ons in the Pan ch aya ts a t any lev el in favou r of b ack wa rd c la ss
of c iti ze ns .
243E. D ura tio n of Pan chaya ts , et c. (1 ) Ev ery P anc hay at , unle ss
soon er di ss olve d und er any la w for th e tim e be ing in for ce , sh al l c ontinu e
fo r five y ea rs f rom th e dat e appoin ted fo r i ts fi rs t me et ing and no long er.
(2) No am en dm ent of any l aw for the tim e being in fo rc e sha ll have the
e ff ec t of c au sing dis solu tion of a Pan ch aya t a t any lev el, whi ch i s
fun ct ioning i mm ed ia te ly b efo re such am en dm ent , til l th e expi ra tion of it s
dur at ion s pe ci fi ed in c la us e (1) .
(3 ) An e le ct ion to con st itut e a Pan ch aya t sha ll be co mpl et ed
(a) before the expiry of its duration specified in clause (1);
(b) before the expiration of a period of six months from the date of its dissolution:
Prov ided th at whe re the r em ai nde r of th e pe riod for whi ch the di sso lved
P anc hay at would h ave cont inued is l es s th an s ix mon ths , it sh al l not be
n ec es sa ry to hold any el ec tion unde r this c lau se for con sti tuting th e
P anc hay at fo r s uch pe riod.
(4 ) A Pan ch aya t cons ti tute d upon the di sso lution of a Pan cha ya t befo re
th e expi ra tion of its dur at ion s ha ll cont inue only for the r em ai nde r of the
p eriod for w hic h the dis solv ed P anch ay at would h ave continu ed und er
c la us e (1) had it not bee n so di sso lved .
243F. Di sq uali fi cat ions for membe r sh ip . (1) A per son sh al l be
di squa li fi ed for being cho se n as , a nd fo r being , a m em be r of a Pan ch aya t
92 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(a) if he is so disqualified by or under any law for the time being in force for the
purposes of elections to the Legislature of the State concerned:
Provided that no person shall be disqualified on the ground that he is less than twenty-five
years of age, if he has attained the age of twenty-one years;
(b) if he is so disqualified by or under any law made by the Legislature of the State.
(2) I f a ny qu es tion ar is es as to whe th er a m em be r of a Pan cha ya t has
b eco me subj ec t to a ny of th e di squa li fi ca tion s me ntion ed in cl aus e (1 ), the
qu es tion sh al l be r ef er re d fo r th e de ci sion of su ch au thori ty and in suc h
m ann er a s th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e ma y, by l aw, provide .
243G. Po we rs , autho ri ty and res po ns ibi li tie s of Panc hayat s . Subj ec t
to th e prov is ions of this Cons titu tion, the L egi sl atu re of a Sta te ma y, by
l aw, endow th e Pan cha ya ts w ith suc h po we rs and au thor ity as m ay be
n ec es sa ry to en abl e the m to func tion as in st itut ions of se lf -gov ern me nt and
su ch la w ma y cont ain prov is ions for th e devolut ion of pow er s and
r es pons ibil iti es upon Pan ch aya ts a t the app ropr ia te l eve l, subj ec t to s uch
c ondit ions as ma y b e s pe ci fi ed the re in, wi th re spe ct to
(a) the preparation of plans for economic development and social justice;
(b) the implementation of schemes for economic development and social justice as
may be entrusted to them including those in relation to the matters listed in the Eleventh
Schedule.
243H. Po we rs to i mpo se taxe s by, and Fun ds of, th e Panc hayat s. The
L egi sl atu re of a St at e ma y, by l aw,
(a) authorise a Panchayat to levy, collect and appropriate such taxes, duties, tolls and
fees in accordance with such procedure and subject to such limits;
(b) assign to a Panchayat such taxes, duties, tolls and fees levied and collected by the
State Government for such purposes and subject to such conditions and limits;
(c) provide for making such grants-in-aid to the Panchayats from the Consolidated
Fund of the State; and
(d) provide for constitution of such Funds for crediting all moneys received,
respectively, by or on behalf of the Panchayats and also for the withdrawal of such
moneys therefrom,
a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the l aw.
243-I . C ons ti tu tion of Finan ce Commi ss io n to re vi ew finan ci al
po si tion . (1) The Gove rno r of a Sta te sha ll , as soon a s ma y be w ith in one
y ea r f rom the c om me nc em en t of th e Cons ti tution ( Sev en ty- third
A me nd me nt) Ac t, 1992, a nd the re af te r at the e xpir at ion of e ve ry fi fth yea r,
c ons titu te a Fin anc e Co mm is si on to r evi ew th e fin anc ia l posi tion of th e
P anc hay at s and to m ak e re co mm en da tion s to th e Gove rno r a s to
(a) the principles which should govern
(i) the distribution between the State and the Panchayats of the net proceeds of
the taxes, duties, tolls and fees leviable by the State, which may be divided between
93 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

them under this Part and the allocation between the Panchayats at all levels of their
respective shares of such proceeds;
(ii) the determination of the taxes, duties, tolls and fees which may be assigned
to, or appropriated by, the Panchayats;
(iii) the grants-in-aid to the Panchayats from the Consolidated Fund of the
State;
(b) the measures needed to improve the financial position of the Panchayats;
(c) any other matter referred to the Finance Commission by the Governor in the
interests of sound finance of the Panchayats.
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, provide for the com pos ition
of th e Co mm is si on, th e qu ali fi ca tion s whi ch sha ll be r equi sit e for
a ppoint me nt as me mb er s th er eof and th e ma nne r in wh ich th ey sha ll be
s el ec te d.
(3) The Com mi ss io n s ha ll det er mi ne th ei r pro ce dur e and sh all hav e su ch
pow er s in the per for ma nc e of the ir func tions as th e Leg is la tur e of the S ta te
m ay, by la w, con fe r on th em .
(4) The Gov erno r sha ll ca us e ev er y r ec om me nd at ion m ad e by th e
Co mm is si on unde r thi s a rt ic le toge the r w ith a n expl an ato ry me mo ra ndu m
a s to the ac ti on t ake n th er eon to be laid be for e the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e.
243J. A udi t of ac cou nt s of Pan chaya ts . The L egi sl atu re of a Sta te
m ay, by la w, ma ke provis ions wi th re sp ec t to the m ai nt ena nc e of ac coun ts
by the Pan ch aya ts a nd th e audi ting of s uch a cc ount s.
243K. El ec ti on s to th e Pan chaya ts . (1) Th e supe rin te nden ce , dir ec tion
a nd c ontro l of th e prep ar at ion of e le ct or al ro lls fo r, and the condu ct of, a ll
e le ct ion s to th e P anc hay at s sh all be ve st ed in a Sta te El ec ti on Co mm is si on
c ons is ting of a St at e El ec tion Co mm is si one r to b e a ppoint ed by th e
Gov er nor.
(2) Subje ct to the provis ions of any la w m ad e by the Leg is la tur e of a
St at e, the condit ions of se rv ic e a nd te nur e of o ff ic e of the Sta te Ele ct ion
Co mm is si one r sh al l b e su ch as the Gov erno r ma y by rul e det er mi ne :
Provid ed th at the St at e Ele ct ion Co mm is si one r sh al l not be re mov ed
f rom hi s offi ce e xc ept in like m ann er a nd on the lik e grounds a s a Judge of
a H igh Court and th e c ondit ions of se rv ic e of the St at e Ele ct ion
Co mm is si one r sh al l not be va rie d to hi s di sa dvan tag e af te r his
a ppoint me nt.
(3) The Gov erno r of a St at e sh al l, whe n so r eque st ed by th e Sta te
El ec ti on Com mi ss io n, m ak e av ai la ble to the Sta te El ec tion Com mi ss ion
su ch st aff as m ay be ne ce ss ar y fo r th e dis cha rg e of th e fun ct ions con fe rr ed
on the Sta te Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion by c la us e (1) .
(4) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion, th e L egi sl atu re of a
St at e m ay, by la w, ma ke provi sion w ith r es pe ct to a ll m at te rs r el at ing to, or
in conn ec tion w ith, el ec ti ons to the Pan ch aya ts .
94 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

243L. App lic at ion to U nion t er ri to ri es .Th e provi sion s of th is Pa rt


sh al l app ly to th e Union te rr itor ie s a nd sh all , in th eir appl ic at ion to a
Un ion t er rito ry, h ave effe ct as if th e r ef er en ce s to the Gove rno r of a Sta te
w er e r ef er en ce s to the Ad min is tr ato r of th e Union te rr ito ry a ppoint ed unde r
a rt ic le 239 and re fe re nc es to th e Leg is la tur e or th e leg is la tiv e A ss em bl y of
a St at e we re re fe re nc es , in re la tion to a Union te rr ito ry h aving a
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly, to th at Leg is la tiv e A ss em bl y:
Provid ed th at the P re sid ent ma y, by publi c noti fi ca tion , dir ec t th at the
prov is ions of this Pa rt s ha ll a pply to any Union t er ri tory or par t th er eof
sub je ct to su ch exc ep tion s a nd m odi fic at ion s as he m ay sp ec if y in the
noti fi ca tion .
243M. Par t not to apply to ce rt ai n area s. (1 ) No thing in thi s P ar t
sh al l app ly to th e Sch edul ed A re as r ef er re d to in cl aus e (1), and th e tr iba l
a re as re fe rr ed to in cl aus e (2 ), of a rt ic le 244.
(2) No thing in thi s Pa rt sh all app ly to
(a) the States of Nagaland, Meghalaya and Mizoram;
(b) the hill areas in the State of Manipur for which District Councils exist under any
law for the time being in force.
(3) No thing in thi s Pa rt
(a) relating to Panchayats at the district level shall apply to the hill areas of the
District of Darjeeling in the State of West Bengal for which Darjeeling Gorkha Hill
Council exists under any law for the time being in force;
(b) shall be construed to affect the functions and powers of the Darjeeling Gorkha
Hill Council constituted under such law.
(3A ) No thing in a rt ic le 243D, re la ting to r es er va tion of se at s for the
S che dule d C as te s, sha ll apply to the St at e of A run ac ha l P rad es h.
(4) No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion,
(a) the Legislature of a State referred to in sub-clause (a) of clause (2) may, by law,
extend this part to that State, except the areas, if any, referred to in clause (1), if the
Legislative Assembly of that State passes a resolution to that effect by a majority of the
total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the
members of that House present and voting;
(b) Parliament may, by law, extend the provisions of this Part to the Scheduled Areas
and the tribal areas referred to in clause (1) subject to such exceptions and modifications
as may be specified in such law, and no such law shall be deemed to be an amendment of
this Constitution for the purposes of article 368.
243N. C ont inuan ce of e xi st ing la ws and Panc hayat s . No tw iths ta nding
a nything in this Pa rt, a ny provi sion of any l aw re la ting to Pan cha ya ts in
fo rc e in a St at e i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the c om me nc em en t of the Cons titu tion
( Sev enty -th ird Am end me nt ) A ct , 1992, wh ich i s in cons is te nt wi th th e
prov is ions of this P ar t, sha ll con tinue to be in for ce unt il am end ed or
95 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

r ep ea le d by a co mp et ent Leg is la tur e or oth er com pe te nt au thor ity or unt il


th e expi ra tion of one yea r fro m su ch com me nc em en t, whi che ve r is ea rl ie r:
Provid ed th at all the Pan cha ya ts exi sting im me di at ely befo re su ch
c om me nc em en t sh al l c ontinu e til l th e expi ra tion of the ir dura tion , unl es s
soon er dis solv ed by a re solu tion p as se d to th at e ff ec t by the Leg is la tiv e
A ss em bl y of th at St at e or, in th e ca se of a St at e h aving a Leg is la tiv e
Coun ci l, by ea ch H ous e of the Leg is la tur e of tha t St at e.
243-O . Bar to int er fe ren ce by co ur ts in e le ct ora l mat te rs .
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion,
(a) the validity of any law relating to the delimitation of constituencies or the
allotment of seats to such constituencies, made or purporting to be made under article
243K, shall not be called in question in any court;
(b) no election to any Panchayat shall be called in question except by an election
petition presented to such authority and in such manner as is provided for by or under any
law made by the Legislature of a State.

PART I XA
96 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART IXA
T HE MU NI CI PA LI TIE S
243P. De fi ni tion s. In thi s Pa rt, unle ss the con tex t oth er wi se requ ir es ,
( a) Co mm it te e me an s a Co mm it te e con st itut ed unde r a rt ic le 243S;
( b) di st ric t me an s a dis tri ct in a Sta te ;
( c ) Me tr opoli tan a re a me an s an a re a hav ing a popul at ion of t en
l akhs or mo re , co mp ri sed in one or mor e di st ri ct s and cons is ting of two
or mo re Muni cip al it ie s or P anc hay at s or othe r contiguou s ar ea s,
sp ec if ie d by the Gove rno r by public notif ic at ion to b e a M et ropoli tan
a re a fo r the purpos es of th is P art ;
( d) Muni cip al a re a me an s th e te rri tor ia l a re a of a Muni cip al ity as
i s notif ied by th e Gove rno r;
( e ) Muni cip al ity me an s an ins titu tion of se lf -gov ern me nt
c ons titu ted unde r ar tic le 243Q;
( f) Pan ch aya t m ea ns a Pan cha ya t c ons titu ted unde r ar ti cl e 243B;
( g) popul at ion m ea ns th e popula tion as a sc er ta in ed a t th e la st
pr ec ed ing ce nsu s of w hic h th e re le van t f igur es h ave be en publi she d.
243Q. Co ns ti tut ion of Mu nic ipa lit ie s. (1 ) Th er e sha ll be con st itut ed
in ev ery St at e,
( a) a Nag ar P anc hay at (by wh at ev er na me ca ll ed ) fo r a tra ns ition al
a re a, that i s to s ay, an a re a in tra ns ition f rom a ru ra l ar ea to a n urb an
a re a;
( b) a Munic ipa l Coun ci l for a sm al le r urb an ar ea ; and
( c ) a Munic ipa l Co rpor at ion for a la rg er urban a re a,
in ac co rd anc e w ith the provi sion s of this P art :
Provid ed th at a Muni cip al ity unde r thi s c la us e m ay not be con st itut ed in
su ch urb an a re a or pa rt the reo f a s th e Gov er nor m ay, hav ing re ga rd to th e
s iz e of the a re a and th e m uni cip al s erv ic es being provid ed or propos ed to
b e provid ed by an indu st ri al e st ab li shm en t in tha t a re a and su ch oth er
f ac to rs as he m ay dee m fit , by public notif ic at ion, s pe ci fy to be an
indu st ria l town ship .
(2) In this ar ti cl e, a tr ans it iona l ar ea , a sm al le r urban ar ea or a
l arge r urba n a re a m ea ns s uch a re a a s the Gov er nor ma y, hav ing r eg ard to
th e popul ation of the ar ea , th e d ens ity of th e popul ation the re in, th e
97 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

r ev enue gen er at ed fo r lo ca l ad min is tr at ion, th e pe rc en tag e of em ploy me nt


in non- ag ric ultu ra l a ct ivi tie s, the ec onom ic impo rt an ce or su ch oth er
f ac to rs a s he ma y dee m fi t, spe ci fy by publi c noti fic at ion for th e purpo se s
of thi s Pa rt.
243R. Co mpo si tion of Mun ic ipal iti es . (1 ) Sav e as prov ided in cl aus e
(2 ), a ll th e s ea ts in a Munic ipa li ty sh all be f ill ed by pe rson s c hos en by
di re ct el ec tion fro m th e t er rito ri al cons titu en ci es in th e Munic ipa l a re a and
fo r this purpo se e ac h Munic ipa l ar ea sha ll be divid ed into te rr itor ia l
c ons titu enc ie s to be known as w ar ds .96
(2) The Le gis la tur e of a Sta te m ay, by la w, provid e
( a) for the r epr es en ta tion in a Munic ipa lity of
( i) pe rson s having sp ec ia l know ledg e or expe ri en ce in
Muni cip al ad mi nis tr at ion;
( ii) th e m em be rs of the Hou se of th e P eopl e and the m em be rs of
th e L egi sl ativ e A ss em bl y of th e St at e r epr es en ting cons titu en ci es
wh ic h c omp ri se w holly or par tly the Muni cip al a re a;
( iii ) the me mb er s of th e Counc il of S ta te s and the m em be rs of
th e Leg is la tive Coun ci l of th e Sta te r egi st er ed a s el ec to rs w ithin
th e Munic ipa l ar ea ;
( iv ) th e Cha irp er son s of the Co mm it te es c ons titu ted under
c la us e (5) of ar ti cl e 243S:
Provid ed th at the p er sons re fe rr ed to in pa rag ra ph ( i ) sh al l not hav e th e
r ight to vot e in th e me et ing s of th e Munic ipa lity ;
( b) the ma nne r of el ec tion of the Ch ai rpe rs on of a Muni cip al ity.
243S. Con st itu tio n and co mp os itio n of Wa rd s Co mmit te es , et c. (1 )
Th er e s ha ll be cons ti tute d Ward s Co mm it te es , cons is ting of one or mor e
w ar ds , wi thin th e t er rito ri al ar ea of a Munic ipa li ty having a popul ation of
th re e lakh s or mor e.
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, ma ke provi sion w ith r es pe ct
to
( a) the co mpos it ion a nd th e te rr itor ia l ar ea of a Wa rds Co mm it te e;
( b) the m ann er in wh ich the s ea ts in a Ward s Co mm it te e sha ll be
f ill ed.
(3) A me mb er of a Munic ipa li ty re pr es en ting a wa rd w ith in the te rr itor ia l
a re a of th e Wa rds Co mm it te e sh al l be a me mb er of th at Com mi tt ee .
(4) Whe re a Wa rds Co mm it te e con si st s of
( a) one wa rd, the m em be r r epr es en ting th at wa rd in th e
Muni cip al ity; or
(b) two or mor e w ar ds , one of the me mb er s rep re se nt ing su ch w ar ds
in the Muni cip al ity el ec te d by the m em be rs of the Ward s Com mi tt ee ,
sh al l be the Cha ir pe rson of tha t Com mi tt ee .
98 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(5) No thing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll be de em ed to pr eve nt the Le gis la tur e of


a St at e fro m m aking any prov is ion fo r the con sti tution of Com mi tt ee s in
a ddit ion to the Wa rds Co mm it te es .
243T. Re se rv at ion of s ea ts . (1 ) S ea ts sha ll b e re se rv ed for th e
S che dule d Ca st es a nd the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in eve ry Muni cip al ity a nd the
nu mbe r of s ea ts so re se rv ed s ha ll be ar, a s n ea rly a s ma y be, the s am e
propo rtion to the tot al numb er of s ea ts to be f ill ed by dir ec t el ec ti on in tha t
Muni cip al ity as the popula tion of the Sch edu led C as te s in the Munic ipa l
a re a or of the S chedu led Tr ibe s in the Munic ipa l ar ea be ar s to th e tota l
popul at ion of th at ar ea and suc h s ea ts ma y be al lott ed by rot at ion to
di ff er en t con sti tuen ci es in a Muni cip al ity.
(2) Not l es s th an on e- third of the tota l numb er of s ea ts r es er ved under
c la us e (1) sh al l b e r es er ve d for wom en b elonging to the Sch edul ed Ca st es
or, a s the c as e m ay be , th e Sch edul ed Trib es .
(3) Not l es s th an on e- third ( inc luding th e nu mbe r of s ea ts r es er ve d for
wo me n b elonging to the S che dule d Ca st es a nd the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s) of th e
tot al numb er of se at s to be f ill ed by dir ec t el ec tion in eve ry Muni cip al ity
sh al l be re se rv ed fo r wo me n and such se at s ma y be a llo tt ed by rot at ion to
di ff er en t con sti tuen ci es in a Muni cip al ity.
(4) Th e offi ce s of Ch ai rpe rs ons in the Muni cip al it ie s sh al l be re se rv ed
fo r th e Sch edul ed C as te s, th e Sch edu led Trib es and wo me n in s uch ma nne r
a s the L egi sl atu re of a St at e ma y, by l aw, prov ide .
(5) The re se rv at ion of se at s unde r c la us es (1) and (2) and th e r es er va ti on
of offic es of Cha irp er son s (oth er than the re se rv at ion for wom en ) unde r
c la us e (4) sh al l c ea se to hav e effe ct on th e expi ra tion of the pe riod
sp ec if ie d in a rt ic le 334.
(6) No thing in thi s Pa rt sh all pr eve nt the L egi sl atu re of a Sta te fro m
m ak ing any prov is ion fo r re se rv at ion of s ea ts in a ny Munic ipa li ty or
o ff ic es of Ch ai rpe rs ons in the Muni cip al iti es in f avour of ba ckw ar d cl as s
of c iti ze ns .
243U. Du ra tion of Muni ci pali ti es , et c. (1) Ev ery Munic ipa li ty, unle ss
soon er di ss olve d und er any la w for th e tim e be ing in for ce , sh al l c ontinu e
fo r five y ea rs f rom th e dat e appoin ted fo r i ts fi rs t me et ing and no long er :
Provid ed tha t a Munic ipa lity sh al l b e giv en a re as ona bl e opportuni ty of
b eing hea rd be for e its di sso lution .
(2) No am en dm en t of any la w fo r the tim e being in for ce sh al l hav e th e
e ff ec t of c au sing dis solu tion of a Munic ipa li ty at any l eve l, w hic h is
fun ct ioning i mm ed ia te ly b efo re such am en dm ent , til l th e expi ra tion of it s
dur at ion s pe ci fi ed in c la us e (1) .
(3) An el ec ti on to con sti tut e a Munic ipa lity sh al l be com ple te d,
( a) befo re th e expi ry of it s dura tion sp ec if ie d in cl au se (1 );
( b) be for e th e exp ir at ion of a per iod of s ix mon ths fro m th e da te of
it s dis solu tion:
99 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Provid ed th at whe re the re ma ind er of th e pe riod fo r wh ich the di ss olve d


Muni cip al ity would hav e cont inue d i s le ss th an six month s, it sh al l not be
n ec es sa ry to hold any el ec tion unde r this c lau se for con sti tuting th e
Muni cip al ity for su ch pe riod.
(4) A Munic ipa lity cons ti tute d upon the dis solut ion of a Munic ipa li ty
b efo re the e xpir at ion of i ts dur at ion sh all cont inue only for th e r em ai nde r
of th e p eriod fo r w hic h th e dis solv ed Munic ipa li ty w ould have c ontinu ed
und er cl au se (1 ) had it not be en so dis solv ed.
243V. Di squa li fic atio ns for membe rs hi p. (1 ) A pe rs on sha ll be
di squa li fi ed fo r being chos en as , and fo r be ing, a me mb er of a Munic ip ali ty

( a) if he i s so di squa li fi ed by or unde r any la w fo r the tim e being in


fo rc e fo r th e purpos es of e le ct ions to the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e
c onc er ned :
Provid ed th at no p er son sh al l be di squa li fi ed on the ground tha t he is
l es s tha n t we nty- fiv e yea rs of a ge , i f h e h as a tt ain ed the ag e of t we nty -one
y ea rs ;
( b) if he i s so di squa li fi ed by or unde r any la w m ad e by the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e.
(2) I f a ny qu es tion ar is es as to whe th er a m em be r of a Munic ipa li ty h as
b eco me subj ec t to a ny of th e di squa li fi ca tion s me ntion ed in cl aus e (1 ), the
qu es tion sh al l be r ef er re d fo r th e de ci sion of su ch au thori ty and in suc h
m ann er a s th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e ma y, by l aw, provide .
243W. Po we rs , autho ri ty and res po ns ibi li tie s of Muni ci pali ti es , e tc .
Subj ec t to the prov is ions of thi s Cons ti tution , the Leg is la tur e of a Sta te
m ay, by la w, endo w
( a) the Munic ipa li ti es w ith suc h po we rs a nd a uthor ity as m ay b e
n ec es sa ry to en abl e the m to func tion as in st itut ions of se lf -gov ern me nt
a nd suc h la w m ay cont ain provi sion s for the devolut ion of pow er s and
r es pons ibil iti es upon Munic ipa li tie s, subj ec t to such condi tions as m ay
b e sp ec if ie d the re in, wi th r es pe ct to
( i) th e pr ep ar at ion of pl ans fo r ec onom ic dev el opm ent and
so ci al ju st ic e;
( ii) the p er for ma nc e of func tion s and the i mpl em en ta tion of
s ch em es as ma y b e e nt rus ted to the m inc luding thos e in r el at ion to
th e ma tt er s li st ed in th e Twe lf th S chedu le ;
( b) the Com mi tt ee s w ith su ch powe rs and autho rity a s ma y be
n ec es sa ry to en abl e th em to c ar ry out th e r es pons ibil iti es con fe rr ed upon
th em in clud ing tho se in r el at ion to the m at te rs lis te d in the Tw el ft h
S che dule .
243X. Pow er to i mpo se tax es b y, and Fund s of, th e Muni cipa li tie s.
Th e Leg is la tur e of a St at e m ay, by l aw,
100 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( a) au thori se a Munic ipa lity to levy, co lle ct and a pprop ri at e su ch


t axe s, duti es , toll s and fe es in a cc or dan ce with su ch proc edu re a nd
sub je ct to su ch lim it s;
( b) as sign to a Munic ipa li ty s uch t axe s, duti es , toll s and fe es l evi ed
a nd c oll ec te d by the St at e Gove rn me nt for su ch purpos es and subj ec t to
su ch cond ition s and lim it s;
( c ) provide fo r ma king suc h gr an ts -in -a id to the Muni cip al iti es fro m
th e Conso lida te d Fund of the St at e; and
( d) provide fo r cons ti tution of suc h Fund s for cr ed iting a ll mon eys
r ec ei ve d, re sp ec tiv ely, by or on beha lf of the Muni cip al iti es and al so for
th e withd ra wa l of su ch mone ys th er ef rom ,
a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the l aw.
243Y. Fina nc e Co mmis si on . (1) The Fin anc e Co mm is si on c ons titu ted
und er a rt ic le 243-I sha ll a ls o re vie w the f ina nc ia l posi tion of the
Muni cip al iti es and ma ke r ec om me nd at ions to the Gov erno r as to
( a) the prin cip le s whi ch should gove rn
( i) the di st ribut ion be tw ee n the Sta te and th e Muni cip al iti es of
th e ne t proc ee ds of th e t axe s, dutie s, toll s and fe es l evi abl e by the
St at e, whi ch m ay be divid ed be tw ee n th em unde r thi s Pa rt and th e
a llo ca tion be tw ee n the Munic ip ali ti es a t al l l eve ls of th ei r
r es pe ct ive s ha re s of suc h pro ce ed s;
( ii) th e d ete rm in at ion of th e tax es , dutie s, tol ls and f ee s wh ich
m ay be a ss ign ed to, or app ropr ia te d by, the Muni cip al iti es ;
( iii ) th e gra nts - in-a id to th e Muni cip al iti es f rom the
Con sol ida ted Fund of th e Sta te ;
( b) the me as ur es ne ed ed to i mprov e the fin an ci al pos ition of the
Muni cip al iti es ;
( c ) any othe r ma tt er r ef er re d to th e Fin anc e Com mi ss ion by th e
Gov er nor in the int er es ts of sound fin an ce of th e Munic ipa lit ie s.
(2) The Gov erno r sha ll ca us e ev er y r ec om me nd at ion m ad e by th e
Co mm is si on unde r thi s a rt ic le toge the r w ith a n expl an ato ry me mo ra ndu m
a s to the ac ti on t ake n th er eon to be laid be for e the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e.
243Z. Aud it of acc oun ts of Muni ci pali ti es . Th e Leg is la tur e of a St at e
m ay, by la w, ma ke provis ions wi th re sp ec t to the m ai nt ena nc e of ac coun ts
by the Munic ipa li ti es and th e audit ing of su ch ac co unt s.
243ZA . E le ct ion s to the Mu nic ipa lit ie s. (1 ) Th e s upe rin tend en ce ,
di re ct ion and cont rol of th e pr ep ar at ion of e le ct or al ro ll s for, and th e
c onduc t of, a ll el ec tion s to th e Muni cip al iti es sh al l be v es ted in the S ta te
El ec ti on Co mm is si on re fe rr ed to in a rt ic le 243 K.
(2) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion, th e L egi sl atu re of a
St at e m ay, by la w, ma ke provi sion w ith r es pe ct to a ll m at te rs r el at ing to, or
in conn ec tion w ith, el ec ti ons to the Munic ip ali ti es .
101 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

243ZB . A ppli ca tion to Un ion te rr it or ie s. Th e provis ions of thi s Pa rt


sh al l app ly to th e Union te rr itor ie s a nd sh all , in th eir appl ic at ion to a
Un ion t er rito ry, h ave effe ct as if th e r ef er en ce s to the Gove rno r of a Sta te
w er e r ef er en ce s to the Ad min is tr ato r of th e Union te rr ito ry a ppoint ed unde r
a rt ic le 239 and r ef er en ce s to the Leg is la tur e or th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y of
a St at e we re re fe re nc es in re la tion to a U nion te rr itory hav ing a Legi sl at ive
A ss em bl y, to th at L egis la tiv e As se mb ly:
Prov ided th at the Pr es id ent ma y, by publ ic noti fi ca tion, di re ct th at the
prov is ions of this P ar t s ha ll apply to any Union te rr ito ry or pa rt th er eof
sub je ct to su ch exc ep tion s a nd m odi fic at ion s as he m ay sp ec if y in the
noti fi ca tion .
243ZC . Par t no t to apply to ce rt ai n area s. (1) Nothing in this Pa rt
sh al l app ly to th e Sch edul ed A re as r ef er re d to in cl aus e (1), and th e tr iba l
a re as re fe rr ed to in cl aus e (2 ), of a rt ic le 244.
(2) Nothing in this Pa rt s ha ll be cons tru ed to affe ct th e fun ct ions and
pow er s of the D ar je el ing Go rkha H ill Counc il con st itut ed unde r a ny l aw fo r
th e tim e be ing in fo rc e for th e hi ll ar ea s of th e di st ri ct of Da rj ee li ng in the
St at e of Wes t B eng al .
(3) Not with st anding anyth ing in thi s Con sti tution , Pa rl ia me nt m ay, by
l aw, ext end the provi sion s of this P art to the S chedu led A re as and the tr iba l
a re as r ef er re d to in cl aus e (1) s ubje ct to su ch ex ce pt ions and mod if ic at ions
a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in su ch l aw, and no s uch la w sh al l be d ee me d to b e an
a me nd me nt of this Con sti tution fo r th e purpos es of a rt ic le 368.
243ZD . Co mmit te e fo r dis tr ic t plann ing. (1 ) The re sha ll be
c ons titu ted in eve ry Sta te at the di st ric t lev el a D is tri ct Pl anning
Co mm it te e to con solid at e the pl ans pr ep ar ed by th e P anc hay at s and the
Muni cip al iti es in th e dist ri ct and to prep ar e a dr af t d eve lopm en t pl an for
th e dist ri ct a s a whol e.
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, ma ke provi sion w ith r es pe ct
to
(a ) the co mpo si tion of th e Di st ri ct Pla nning Com mi tt ee s;
(b ) the m ann er in whi ch the s ea ts in su ch Com mi tt ee s s ha ll be fil led :
Prov ided tha t not le ss th an four- fi fths of th e tot al nu mbe r of
m em be rs of suc h Co mm it te e sh al l be el ec te d by, and f rom a mong st, th e
e le ct ed m em be rs of the Pan ch aya t at th e di st ri ct lev el a nd of th e
Muni cip al iti es in th e di str ic t in propo rtion to the r at io be tw ee n th e
popul at ion of th e ru ra l ar ea s a nd of th e urb an ar ea s in th e dist ri ct ;
( c) the func tion s re la ting to dis tri ct plann ing whi ch m ay be a ss ign ed
to su ch Com mi tt ee s;
(d ) th e ma nne r in whi ch th e Cha irp er son s of such Co mm it te es sha ll
b e c hos en.
(3) Eve ry Di st ri ct Plann ing Com mi tt ee s ha ll, in prep ar ing th e dra ft
d eve lopm en t pl an,
102 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(a) h ave r ega rd to


( i) m at te rs of c om mon inte re st be tw ee n th e Pan ch aya ts and th e
Muni cip al iti es in cluding spa ti al planning , sh ar ing of w at er and
oth er phys ic al and na tur al r es our ce s, th e integ ra te d deve lopm en t of
in fr as tru ctu re a nd e nvi ronm ent al c ons erv at ion;
( ii) the ext ent and typ e of av ai la ble re sou rc es wh eth er fin an ci al
or oth er wi se ;
(b ) con sult su ch ins titu tions a nd o rga ni sa tion s as th e Gove rnor m ay,
by orde r, spe ci fy.
(4) The Cha ir pe rson of ev ery D is tr ic t Pl ann ing Co mm it te e sh al l for wa rd
th e dev elop me nt plan, as re co mm en de d by such Com mi tt ee , to th e
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te .
243ZE . Co mmit te e fo r M et ro poli tan plann ing. (1) The re sh al l be
c ons titu ted in eve ry Me tropol it an ar ea a Met ropol ita n Pl ann ing Co mm it te e
to pre pa re a dr af t deve lop me nt plan fo r th e Met ropol ita n a re a a s a who le .
(2) Th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay, by la w, ma ke provi sion w ith r es pe ct
to
(a ) the co mpo si tion of th e Met ropol ita n P lann ing Co mm it te es ;
(b ) the m ann er in whi ch the s ea ts in su ch Com mi tt ee s s ha ll be fil led :
Provid ed tha t not l es s than t wo- third s of th e me mb er s of su ch Com mi tt ee
sh al l be el ec te d by, and fro m a mong st , the el ec te d m em be rs of th e
Muni cip al iti es and Cha irp er son s of th e P anch ay at s in th e Me tropo lit an a re a
in propor tion to th e ra tio bet we en th e popula tion of th e Munic ipa li tie s and
of th e P anc hay at s in th at a re a;
(c ) th e r ep re se nt at ion in su ch Com mi tt ee s of the Gov er nm en t of
Ind ia and th e Gov ern me nt of the Sta te and of such org ani sa tion s a nd
In st itut ions as ma y be dee me d n ec es sa ry for ca rr ying out th e fun ct ions
a ss ign ed to su ch Com mi tt ee s;
(d) th e fun ct ions r el at ing to pl anning and coord ina tion for th e
M et ropoli tan a re a wh ich m ay be as si gne d to su ch Com mi tt ee s;
( e ) th e ma nne r in whi ch th e Cha irp er son s of such Com mi tt ee s sha ll
b e c hos en.
(3) Ev ery Met ropol ita n Pla nning Co mm it te e sha ll , in pre pa ring th e dr af t
d eve lopm en t pl an,
(a) hav e re ga rd to
( i) the pl ans pre pa re d by the Muni ci pa lit ie s a nd the Pan cha ya ts
in the M etropo lit an ar ea ;
(ii ) ma tt er s of com mo n in te re st b etw ee n the Muni cip al iti es a nd
th e P anch ay at s, in clud ing co -ordin at ed sp at ia l pl anning of the
a re a, sha ring of wa te r and oth er physi ca l and na tur al re sou rc es , the
103 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

int eg ra te d d eve lopm en t of inf ra st ru ctu re and env iron me nt al


c ons erv at ion;
(ii i) th e ov er al l obj ec tiv es a nd pr ior iti es s et by the Gov ern me nt
of Indi a and the Gov er nm en t of th e St at e;
( iv ) th e ext en t and n atur e of inve st me nt s lik ely to be m ad e in
the M etropo lit an ar ea by ag en ci es of th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia and
of th e Gov ern me nt of the Sta te and oth er ava il abl e r es our ce s
whe th er fin an ci al or othe rw is e;
(b) con sul t s uch in sti tution s and org ani sa tion s as th e Gove rno r m ay,
by orde r, spe ci fy.
(4) The Cha irp er son of eve ry M et ropoli tan Pla nning Co mm it te e sha ll
fo rw ar d the dev elop me nt pl an, a s re co mm end ed by su ch Co mm it te e, to th e
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te .
243ZF. Con tinua nc e of exi st ing la ws and Mun ic ipal iti es .
No tw ith st anding a nything in this Pa rt, any provi sion of any l aw re la ting to
Muni cip al iti es in fo rc e in a St at e i mm ed ia te ly be for e th e c om me nc em en t of
th e Cons titu tion (Se ven ty- four th A me ndm en t) Ac t, 1992, whi ch is
in cons is te nt w ith th e provi sion s of this Pa rt, sha ll c ontinu e to b e in for ce
unti l am end ed or rep ea le d by a co mp et ent Le gis la tur e or othe r com pe ten t
a uthor ity or until th e exp ir at ion of one yea r f rom su ch co mm en ce me nt ,
wh ic hev er i s ea rl ie r:
Provid ed th at a ll th e Muni cip al iti es ex is ting i mm ed ia te ly b efo re such
c om me nc em en t sh al l c ontinu e til l the e xpir at ion of th ei r dur at ion, unle ss
soon er dis solv ed by a re solu tion p as se d to th at e ff ec t by the Leg is la tiv e
A ss em bl y of th at St at e or, in th e ca se of a St at e h aving a Leg is la tiv e
Coun ci l, by ea ch H ous e of the Leg is la tur e of tha t St at e.
243Z G. Ba r to in te rf eren c e by c our ts in e le ct or al ma tt er s.
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Con sti tution ,
( a) th e val idity of any l aw re la ting to the del im it ation of
c ons titu enc ie s or the al lot me nt of s ea ts to s uch cons ti tuen ci es , m ad e or
purpo rting to be ma de und er ar ti cl e 243ZA sh al l not be ca ll ed in
qu es tion in any cou rt ;
( b) no el ec ti on to any Muni cip al ity s ha ll b e ca ll ed in ques tion
e xc ept by a n el ec ti on pet ition pre se nt ed to su ch a utho rity a nd in su ch
m ann er a s i s prov ided fo r by or und er any la w ma de by the L egis la tu re
of a St at e.
104 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART X
THE SCHEDULED AND TRIBAL AREAS
244. Ad mi nis tr at ion of S ch edu le d A re as and tr ibal a re as . (1 ) Th e
prov is ions of the Fif th Sch edul e s ha ll app ly to th e ad min is tr at ion and
c ontro l of th e Sch edul ed A re as and S chedu led Tr ibe s in a ny S ta te oth er
th an the St at es of As sa m, Megh al ay a, Tr ipur a and Mizo ra m.
(2) The provi sion s of th e Sixth Sch edul e sh al l app ly to th e
a dm ini st ra tion of th e t riba l a re as in the St at es of A ss am , Megh al ay a,
Tripu ra a nd Mi zo ra m.
244A . Fo rmat ion of an auto nomous S tat e compr is ing c er ta in tr ibal
a re as in As sa m and crea ti on of loca l L egi sla ture o r Co unc il of Min is te rs
o r both th eref or. (1) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s Cons titu tion,
P ar lia me nt ma y, by l aw, fo rm wi thin th e St at e of A ss am an au tonomou s
St at e co mp ris ing (wh eth er w holly or in p art ) al l or any of the tr iba l ar ea s
sp ec if ie d in P ar t I of th e t abl e app end ed to pa ra gr aph 20 of th e Sixth
S che dule a nd c re at e th er ef or
( a) a body, whe the r e le ct ed or pa rtly nomin at ed a nd pa rtly el ec te d,
to func tion a s a Leg is la tur e for the a utonom ous St at e, or
(b) a Coun cil of Mini st er s,
or both with suc h con sti tution , pow er s a nd func tion s, in e ac h c as e, a s ma y
b e sp ec if ie d in th e la w.
(2 ) Any su ch la w as i s re fe rr ed to in c la us e (1) m ay, in pa rti cul ar,
( a) sp ec if y the ma tt er s enum er at ed in th e Sta te Li st or the
Con cu rr ent L is t wi th re sp ec t to w hic h the Leg is la tur e of the a utonom ous
St at e s ha ll h ave powe r to m ak e l aw s for th e who le or any p art the re of,
wh et he r to th e e xc lus ion of th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te of As sa m or
oth er wi se ;
( b) de fin e th e ma tt er s wi th re sp ec t to whi ch th e ex ec utiv e pow er of
th e autono mou s S ta te sh al l e xt end;
( c ) provid e th at any t ax lev ie d by the St at e of As sa m sh al l be
a ss ign ed to th e autono mou s S ta te in so fa r as th e proc ee ds th er eo f a re
a tt ribut abl e to the autono mou s Sta te ;
( d) provid e th at any r ef er en ce to a Sta te in any a rt ic le of thi s
Con st itut ion sh all be con st rue d as in cluding a r ef er en ce to th e
a utonom ous St at e; and
105 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(e ) m ak e suc h supp le me nt al , incid en ta l a nd c ons equ enti al


prov is ions a s ma y be dee me d ne ce ss ar y.
(3 ) An a me ndm en t of a ny su ch la w as afo re sa id in so fa r as su ch
a me nd me nt re la te s to any of th e ma tt er s sp ec if ie d in sub -c la us e ( a) or
sub -c la us e ( b) of c la us e (2 ) sh al l hav e no effe ct unle ss the am en dm en t is
p as se d in ea ch H ous e of Pa rli am en t by not l es s th an t wo- thi rds of the
m em be rs pre se nt and voting .
(4 ) Any su ch la w as i s re fe rr ed to104
in thi s ar ti cl e sh all not be de em ed to
b e a n a me nd me nt of this Con sti tution fo r th e purpos es of a rt ic le 368
not with st and ing tha t it c onta in s any prov is ion wh ich am end s or has the
e ff ec t of a me nd ing th is Cons ti tution .
106 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART X I
REL AT IO NS BE TWE EN THE U NI ON A ND T HE STATE S
C H A P T E R I. L E G I S L AT I V E R E L AT I O N S
D is tr ibution of Leg is lati ve Powe rs
245. Ext en t of la ws ma de by Par liamen t and by t he L egi sla tu re s of
S tat es . (1) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion, P arl ia me nt m ay
m ak e l aw s for th e who le or any p art of the te rr ito ry of Indi a, and th e
L egi sl atu re of a St at e ma y ma ke l aw s for th e w hole or any pa rt of the
St at e.
(2) No la w m ad e by P arl ia me nt sha ll b e de em ed to be inv al id on the
ground th at it would hav e ext ra -t er ri tor ia l op er at ion.
246. Subj ec t- mat te r of la ws ma de by Parl iamen t and by th e
L egi sla tu re s of S tat es . (1) Not with st anding anyth ing in cl au se s (2) a nd
(3 ), Pa rli am en t ha s exc lus ive po we r to m ak e la ws w ith re sp ec t to any of th e
m at te rs enu me ra te d in Lis t I in th e S eve nth S chedu le (in thi s Con st itut ion
r ef er re d to a s th e Un ion L is t ).
(2 ) No tw ith st anding any thing in c la us e (3), P ar lia me nt , and, subj ec t to
c la us e (1) , th e Leg is la tur e of a ny St at e a lso , h ave pow er to ma ke l aw s w ith
r es pe ct to any of the ma tt er s e num er at ed in Li st II I in th e S eve nth Sch edul e
( in th is Cons ti tution r ef er re d to a s the Conc ur ren t L is t ).
(3) Subj ec t to cl aus es (1 ) and (2 ), th e L egi sl atu re of any Sta te has
e xc lus ive pow er to ma ke l aw s fo r s uch St at e or a ny p ar t th er eo f w ith
r es pe ct to any of the m at te rs e num er at ed in Li st I I in th e Sev en th Sch edul e
( in th is Cons ti tution r ef er re d to a s the Sta te Lis t' ).
(4 ) P ar lia me nt h as pow er to ma ke l aw s w ith re sp ec t to any m at te r for
a ny p art of the t er rito ry of Indi a not in clud ed in a St at e notw iths ta nding
th at su ch ma tt er i s a ma tt er e num er at ed in the St at e Li st.
247. Pow er of Par lia me nt to p rov ide for t he es tab lis hmen t of ce rt ai n
add itio nal c our ts . Not wi ths tand ing any thing in thi s Ch apt er, P arl ia me nt
m ay by l aw prov ide fo r th e es ta bli sh me nt of any addit iona l cour ts fo r th e
b ett er ad mi nis tr at ion of l aw s m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt or of a ny e xi sting l aw s
w ith re sp ec t to a m at te r enu me ra te d in the Un ion Li st .
107 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

248. R es id uary po we rs of l egi sla tion . (1) P arl ia me nt ha s ex clu siv e


pow er to m ak e any la w with r es pe ct to any ma tt er not enu me ra te d in the
Con cu rr ent Li st or Sta te Li st .
(2) Su ch pow er s ha ll inc lude th e powe r of m ak ing any la w impo sing a
t ax not m en tione d in e ithe r of thos e Lis ts .
249. Po we r of Pa rl iamen t to leg is lat e wi th re sp ec t to a ma tt er in th e
S tat e Li st in th e na tiona l int eres t. (1 ) No tw iths ta nding any thing in th e
fo re going provis ions of thi s Chap te r, if th e Coun ci l of St at es has d ec la re d
by re solu tion suppor ted by not l es s than t wo- third s of th e me mb er s pr es en t
a nd voting th at it is ne ce ss ar y or exp edi ent in the na tiona l inte re st tha t
P ar lia me nt should ma ke la ws wi th re sp ec t to any m at te r e num er at ed in the
St at e L is t sp ec if ied in the re solu tion, 106it sh al l be l aw ful for P ar li am en t to
m ak e la ws for the who le or any pa rt of th e te rr ito ry of Indi a wi th r es pe ct to
th at ma tt er whi le th e r es olut ion re ma in s in fo rc e.
(2) A re solu tion p as se d unde r cl au se (1) sha ll r em ai n in fo rc e for s uch
p eriod not exc ee di ng on e y ea r as m ay be sp ec if ie d th er ei n:
Provid ed th at , if a nd so of ten as a r es olut ion app roving th e con tinu anc e
in for ce of a ny s uch r eso lution i s p as se d in th e m an ne r provide d in cl au se
(1 ), suc h r es olu tion sha ll con tinue in for ce for a fur the r pe riod of on e y ea r
f rom th e dat e on wh ich unde r this c lau se it would othe rw is e hav e ce as ed to
b e in for ce .
(3) A la w ma de by P ar li am en t whi ch Pa rli am en t would not but fo r th e
p as sing of a re solu tion unde r c la us e (1) hav e be en com pe te nt to m ak e sha ll ,
to th e ex te nt of th e in com pe ten cy, ce as e to h ave effe ct on th e exp ir at ion of
a p eriod of six mon ths a ft er th e re solu tion ha s c ea se d to be in for ce , exc ep t
a s re sp ec ts things done or om itt ed to b e don e b efo re th e e xpi ra tion of th e
s ai d p eriod .
250. Po we r of Pa rl iamen t to leg is lat e wi th re sp ec t to any mat te r in
t he Sta te L is t if a Proc la ma tion of Emer ge nc y is in ope ra tion. (1)
No tw ith st anding a nything in this Cha pte r, Pa rli am en t sh al l, wh il e a
P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion , hav e pow er to ma ke la ws fo r
th e whol e or a ny p art of the t er ri tory of India w ith re sp ec t to any of th e
m at te rs enum er at ed in th e Sta te Li st .
(2) A la w ma de by P ar li am en t whi ch Pa rli am en t would not but fo r th e
i ssu e of a Pro cl am at io n of E me rg en cy h ave bee n co mpe te nt to m ak e s ha ll,
to th e ex te nt of th e in com pe ten cy, ce as e to h ave effe ct on th e exp ir at ion of
a pe riod of s ix mon ths af te r th e Pro cl am at ion has ce as ed to op er at e, e xc ep t
a s re sp ec ts things done or om itt ed to b e don e b efo re th e e xpi ra tion of th e
s ai d p eriod .
251. In con si st en cy b et we en la ws mad e by Pa rlia me nt und er ar tic le s
249 and 250 and la ws made by th e Leg is lat ures of Sta te s. No thing in
a rt ic le s 249 and 250 s ha ll re st ri ct th e powe r of th e Leg is la tur e of a Sta te to
m ak e a ny la w w hic h unde r thi s Cons ti tution it ha s pow er to ma ke , but i f
a ny provi sion of a l aw ma de by th e L egi sl atu re of a Sta te is r epugn ant to
108 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

a ny provi sion of a l aw ma de by P ar li am en t wh ich Pa rli am en t ha s und er


e ith er of the s ai d a rt ic le s pow er to ma ke , the la w ma de by Pa rli am en t,
wh et he r pas se d befo re or a ft er th e la w ma de by th e Leg is la tur e of th e
St at e, sha ll prev ai l, and the la w m ad e by the Leg is la tur e of th e St at e s ha ll
to the ex te nt of th e repugn an cy, but so long only as th e la w ma de by
P ar lia me nt c ontinu es to hav e effe ct , b e inop er at ive .
252. Pow er of Par lia me nt to l egi sla te for t wo o r more Sta te s by
c ons en t and adop tio n of su ch l egi sla tion by any oth er Sta te . (1) I f it
a ppe ar s to the L egi sl atu re s of two or mo re Sta te s to be de si ra ble tha t any
of the m at te rs w ith r es pe ct to whi ch P ar li am en t ha s no pow er to ma ke la ws
fo r th e Sta te s exc ep t a s prov ided in ar ti cl es 249 and 250 should be
r egul at ed in such St at es by Pa rli am en t by l aw, a nd i f re solu tions to tha t
e ff ec t a re pa ss ed by a ll th e Hou se s of th e Leg is la tur es of tho se Sta te s, it
sh al l be la wfu l for Pa rli am en t to p as s an ac t fo r r egul at ing tha t ma tt er
a cc or dingly, and a ny Ac t so pas se d sh al l app ly to su ch St at es and to a ny
oth er Sta te by whi ch it i s adop te d af te rw ar ds by re solu tion p as se d in th at
b eha lf by th e Hou se or, wh er e the re ar e t wo Hou se s, by ea ch of the Hous es
of th e L egi sl atu re of th at Sta te .
(2) A ny Ac t so pas se d by Pa rl ia me nt m ay be a me nd ed or r ep ea le d by an
A ct of P arl ia me nt pas se d or a dopt ed in lik e m ann er but sh al l not, a s
r es pe ct s a ny St at e to wh ich it app li es , be a me nd ed or rep ea le d by an A ct of
th e Leg is la tur e of th at St at e.
253. Le gis lat ion fo r giving e ff ec t to in te rn atio nal ag re emen ts .
No tw ith st anding a nything in the for egoing prov is ions of thi s Cha pt er,
P ar lia me nt h as pow er to ma ke a ny l aw fo r the whol e or any par t of th e
t er ri tory of India for imp le me nt ing any t re at y, ag re em en t or conv ention
w ith a ny othe r coun try or count ri es or any dec is ion m ad e a t any
int er na tion al con fe re nc e, a ss oc ia tion or othe r body.
254. I nco ns is te nc y b et we en law s mad e by Pa rlia me nt and la ws mad e
by t he Leg is latu re s of Stat es . (1 ) I f any prov is ion of a la w m ad e by the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e is re pugnan t to any provi sion of a la w ma de by
P ar lia me nt whi ch P ar li am en t is com pe te nt to e na ct , or to any provi sion of
a n exi st ing la w w ith re spe ct to one of the ma tt er s enum er at ed in th e
Con cu rr ent Li st, th en, subj ec t to th e provis ions of c lau se (2), th e l aw m ad e
by P arl ia me nt , wh eth er pas se d be for e or af te r th e l aw ma de by th e
L egi sl atu re of su ch Sta te , or, as th e ca se ma y be, the ex is ting la w, sh al l
pr ev ail and th e la w ma de by th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te s ha ll, to the ex ten t
of th e r epugn anc y, be void.
(2) Whe re a l aw m ad e by the L egi sl atu re of a St at e wi th r es pe ct to one
of the m at te rs e num er at ed in the Concu rr ent Lis t con ta ins any prov is ion
r epugn ant to th e provi sion s of a n e ar li er l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt or an
e xis ting l aw wi th r esp ec t to tha t ma tt er, th en, th e l aw so m ad e by the
L egi sl atu re of su ch Sta te s ha ll, if it ha s bee n r es er ve d for the con sid er at ion
of th e P re sid ent and ha s re ce iv ed his a ss en t, pre va il in th at St at e:
109 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Provid ed th at nothing in thi s c lau se sh al l pre ven t P arl ia me nt fro m


e na ct ing at any ti me a ny la w w ith r es pe ct to the sa me ma tt er inc luding a
l aw a dding to, a me nd ing, vary ing or r epe al ing the l aw so m ad e by the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e.
255. R eq ui re me nt s as to re co mme nd at ion s and prev ious s anc tio ns to
b e reg ar de d as mat te rs of p ro ce du re only. No Ac t of P ar lia me nt or of
th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e, and no provi sion in any su ch A ct , sh al l be
inv al id by re as on only th at som e r ec om me nd at ion or pr eviou s san ct ion
r equi re d by this Cons titu tion w as not giv en, i f as se nt to tha t Ac t w as giv en

( a) wh er e th e r ec om me nd at ion re quir ed w as th at of the Gove rnor,


e ith er by th e Gove rno r or by th e Pr es ide nt;
( b) whe re th e re co mm en da tion re quir ed wa s th at of the R ajp ra mukh,
e ith er by th e Ra jpr am ukh or by the Pr es id ent;
( c ) whe re th e re co mm en da tion or prev ious s an ction r equi re d w as tha t
of th e P re sid ent , by the Pr es id ent.
C H A P T E R II. A D M I N I S T R AT I V E R E L AT I O N S
G en er al
256. O bl igatio n of Sta te s and th e Unio n. The ex ec ut ive pow er of
e ve ry St at e sh al l be so ex er ci se d a s to e nsu re co mpl ian ce w ith th e l aw s
m ad e by P arl ia me nt and any exi st ing la ws wh ich apply in th at Sta te , and
th e exe cu tiv e powe r of th e Union sh al l e xte nd to th e giv ing of su ch
di re ct ions to a St at e a s ma y app ea r to the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia to be
n ec es sa ry fo r tha t purpo se .
257. Con trol of th e U nion ov er Sta te s in ce rt ai n ca se s. (1) Th e
e xe cut ive powe r of eve ry St at e sha ll b e so e xe rc is ed as not to im ped e or
pr ejud ic e the e xe rc is e of the ex ec ut ive pow er of the Un ion, and the
e xe cut ive pow er of th e U nion sha ll ex tend to the giving of suc h di re ct ions
to a Sta te as m ay app ea r to the Gov ern me nt of Indi a to be ne ce ss ar y fo r
th at purpos e.
(2) The ex ec utiv e pow er of the Un ion s ha ll al so ext end to th e giving of
di re ct ions to a Sta te a s to the con st ruc tion and ma in ten an ce of m ea ns of
c om mun ic at ion d ec la re d in th e di re ct ion to b e of na tiona l or mi lit ary
i mpor ta nc e:
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l b e t ak en as r es tr ic ting the
pow er of P ar lia me nt to de cl ar e high wa ys or wa te rw ay s to be n ation al
high wa ys or nat iona l wa te rw ay s or th e pow er of the Union w ith r es pe ct to
th e highw ays or w at er wa ys s o d ec la re d or th e po we r of th e Union to
c ons tru ct a nd ma in ta in me an s of co mm uni ca tion as pa rt of i ts fun ct ions
w ith re sp ec t to n ava l, mi lit ar y a nd a ir fo rc e wo rks .
110 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(3) The ex ec utiv e pow er of the Un ion s ha ll al so ext end to th e giving of


di re ct ions to a St at e a s to the me as ur es to b e tak en fo r th e prot ec tion of the
r ai lw ay s with in th e Sta te .
(4) Wh er e in c ar ry ing out any di re ct ion giv en to a Sta te under cl au se (2)
a s to the c ons tru ct ion or m ain te nan ce of a ny me an s of co mm uni ca tion or
und er cl au se (3 ) as to the m ea su re s to be tak en for th e prote ct ion of any
r ai lw ay, co st s hav e bee n in cur re d in ex ce ss of thos e whi ch would hav e bee n
in cur re d in the di sc ha rg e of the norm al dutie s of the St at e if suc h di re ct ion
h ad not be en giv en, th er e sh al l be paid by th e Gov ern me nt of Indi a to th e
St at e s uch sum as m ay b e ag re ed, or, in de fa ult of ag re em en t, a s ma y be
d ete rm in ed by an arb itr at or a ppoint ed by the Chi ef Jus ti ce of Indi a, in
r es pe ct of th e e xtr a co st s so incu rr ed by the St at e.
257A. [ As si stan ce to Stat es by d eplo ym en t of ar med force s or oth er
fo rc es of th e Union . ] Rep . b y th e Cons titu tion (Fo rt y- four th A mend me nt )
A ct, 1978, s. 33 ( w.e .f . 20-6- 1979).
258. Pow er of th e U nion to con fe r pow er s, e tc ., on S tat es in c er ta in
c as es . (1) Not with st anding anyth ing in thi s Con sti tution , the Pre si den t
m ay, wi th th e con se nt of th e Gov er nm en t of a Sta te , en tru st e ith er
c ondit iona lly or un condit iona lly to th at Gove rn me nt or to its offi ce rs
fun ct ions in re la tion to any m at te r to w hic h the exe cu tiv e pow er of th e
Un ion ext ends .
(2) A la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt whi ch app lie s in any St at e m ay,
not with st and ing tha t it r el at es to a ma tt er w ith r es pe ct to whi ch th e
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e ha s no pow er to ma ke l aw s, con fe r pow er s and
i mpos e duti es , or a utho ris e th e c onf er ring of powe rs and the im pos ition of
duti es , upon th e S ta te or offi ce rs and autho rit ie s the re of .
(3) Whe re by vi rtu e of thi s ar ti cl e pow er s and dutie s hav e be en conf er re d
or impo se d upon a St at e or offic er s or au thor iti es the re of, the re sha ll be
p aid by the Gove rn me nt of India to the Sta te su ch su m a s ma y be a gr ee d,
or, in de fau lt of a gr ee me nt , a s m ay be de te rm in ed by an a rbi tr ato r
a ppoint ed by the Ch ie f Jus ti ce of Indi a, in re sp ec t of any ext ra co st s of
a dm ini st ra tion in cur re d by the St at e in conne ct ion w ith th e ex er ci se of
tho se pow er s and duti es .
258A. Po we r of the Sta te s to e nt ru st fun ct ion s to t he Unio n.
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, th e G ove rnor of a Sta te
m ay, w ith th e c ons ent of the Gov er nm en t of Indi a, en tru st ei the r
c ondit iona lly or un condit iona lly to th at Gove rn me nt or to its offi ce rs
fun ct ions in re la tion to any m at te r to w hic h the exe cu tiv e pow er of th e
St at e ex tend s.
259. [A rm ed Fo rc es in State s in Part B of the Fir st Sche dul e. ] Rep . by
th e Cons titu tion (Se ve nth Am endm en t) A ct , 1956, s. 29 and Sch.
260. Ju ri sdi ct ion of the U nion in rel at ion to te rr it or ie s out sid e In dia.
The Gove rn me nt of Ind ia ma y by ag re em en t w ith th e Gov er nm en t of any
t er ri tory not b eing pa rt of the te rr itory of Indi a unde rt ak e any exe cu tive ,
111 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

l egi sl at ive or judi ci al func tion s ve st ed in th e G ove rnm en t of su ch te rr ito ry,


but e ve ry su ch a gr ee me nt sha ll be sub je ct to, and gov ern ed by, a ny la w
r el at ing to th e e xe rc is e of for ei gn ju ris dic tion fo r th e tim e be ing in fo rc e.
261. Pu bli c ac ts, rec or ds and jud ic ial proc ee di ngs . (1) Full f ai th a nd
c re dit sha ll be giv en throughou t the te rr itory of Indi a to publi c a ct s,
r ec ord s and judic ia l proc ee ding s of the Union and of ev ery St at e.
(2) Th e ma nn er in whi ch and the c ondit ions under whi ch th e ac ts ,
r ec ord s and proc ee ding s re fe rr ed to in c la us e (1) sh al l b e prov ed and the
e ff ec t the re of det er mi ne d sh al l be as prov ided by l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt .
(3) Fin al judgm en ts or orde rs deliv er ed or pa ss ed by c ivi l c ourt s in a ny
p art of the t er rito ry of Ind ia sh al l be ca pab le of ex ec ution any wh er e wi thin
th at te rr ito ry a cc or ding to l aw.

D ispu te s re la ting to Wat er s


262. A dju dic atio n of di spu te s rel at ing to wat er s of in te r- Sta te r iv er s
o r r ive r vall ey s. (1) Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw provid e fo r the adjud ic at ion
of any di spute or co mp la int w ith r es pe ct to the use , di str ibution or con trol
of th e w at er s of , or in, any int er- Sta te r ive r or r ive r val le y.
(2) Not with st anding anyth ing in thi s Con sti tution , Pa rl ia me nt m ay be
l aw provid e th at n eith er the Supre me Cou rt nor any oth er cour t sh all
e xe rc is e juri sdi ct ion in re sp ec t of any su ch di sput e or c om pla int as is
r ef er re d to in cl au se (1 ).
Co- ordina tion bet we en Stat es
263. Provi sio ns w it h re sp ec t to an in te r- Sta te Cou nc il. I f a t any t im e
it appe ar s to the Pr es ide nt th at th e publi c int er es ts w ould be se rv ed by the
e st ab lis hm en t of a Coun cil ch arge d wi th th e duty of
(a ) inquir ing into and adv is ing upon dispu te s whi ch ma y have a ri se n
b etw ee n Sta te s;
(b ) inv es tiga ting and di scu ss ing sub je ct s in whi ch so me or a ll of the
St at es , or the U nion and one or m or e of th e St at es , hav e a co mm on
int er es t; or
( c) ma king re co mm en da tion s upon any suc h s ubje ct a nd, in
p art icu la r, re co mm en da tion s for the b ett er co -ord ina tion of polic y a nd
a ct ion wi th r es pe ct to tha t subj ec t,
it sha ll be l aw ful fo r th e Pr es ide nt by ord er to es ta bli sh su ch a Counc il ,
a nd to de fine the natu re of th e duti es to be p er for me d by it and its
o rga nis at ion and proc edu re .
112 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PA RT XI I
F IN AN CE , P RO PERTY, C ON TR AC TS AN D SU ITS
C H A P T E R I. F I N A N C E
G en er al
264. In te rp re ta ti on. In thi s Pa rt, F ina nc e Com mi ss ion me an s a
Fin an ce Co mm is si on con sti tut ed under a rti cl e 280.
265. Taxe s not to be i mpo se d save by autho ri ty of la w. No t ax sha ll
b e l evi ed or c oll ec te d exc ep t by autho ri ty of l aw.
266. Co nso lida te d Fund s and pu bli c acc oun ts of In dia and of th e
S tat es . (1) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of a rt ic le 267 a nd to the prov is ions
of this Chap te r w ith r es pe ct to the as si gnm en t of th e whol e or par t of th e
n et proc ee ds of c er ta in tax es a nd dut ie s to St at es , al l rev enu es r ec ei ve d by
th e Gov er nm ent of Indi a, all loan s r ai se d by tha t Gov ern me nt by th e i ssu e
of tre as ur y bill s, lo an s or w ay s and me an s a dvan ce s and a ll m oney s
r ec ei ve d by tha t Gov er nm en t in re pay me nt of loan s sh all fo rm on e
c onso lida te d fund to be ent itl ed the Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia , and a ll
r ev enue s re ce iv ed by th e Gove rn me nt of a S ta te , a ll lo ans r ai se d by that
Gov er nm en t by the i ss ue of tr ea su ry bil ls , loan s or way s a nd me an s
a dvan ce s and a ll mon eys r ec ei ve d by tha t G ove rnm en t in r epa ym ent of
lo ans sh al l for m one cons olid at ed fund to be en tit le d the Con sol ida te d
Fund of the Sta te .
(2) A ll oth er public mon ey s re ce iv ed by or on b eha lf of the G ove rnm en t
of Indi a or the Gov ern me nt of a Sta te s ha ll be cr ed ite d to th e publ ic
a cc ount of Indi a or th e public a cc oun t of th e St at e, a s the c as e m ay b e.
(3) No mon ey s out of th e Con solid at ed Fund of Indi a or th e Con sol ida ted
Fund of a St at e sh al l be approp ri at ed ex ce pt in ac co rda nc e w ith l aw and fo r
th e purpos es a nd in th e m ann er prov ide d in thi s Con st itut ion.
113 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

267. Co nt inge nc y Fu nd. (1 ) Pa rli am en t ma y by la w es ta bli sh a


Con tinge ncy Fund in the natu re of an i mp re st to be en tit le d th e
Con tinge ncy Fund of Indi a into wh ich sha ll be pa id fro m t im e to tim e
su ch s um s a s ma y be d ete rm in ed by su ch l aw, and the s ai d Fund sh al l be
pl ac ed at th e di spos al of th e Pr es ide nt to e nab le adva nc es to be ma de by
hi m out of such Fund for th e purpo se s of me et ing unfor es ee n e xpend itur e
p ending autho ri sa tion of suc h e xpend itur e by P ar lia me nt by la w under
a rt ic le 115 or a rt ic le 116.
(2) The Le gis la tur e of a Sta te m ay by l aw e st ab li sh a Conting enc y Fund
in th e na tur e of an i mpr es t to b e ent itl ed the Cont ingen cy Fund of the
St at e into whi ch sh al l be p aid f rom ti me to ti me su ch su ms a s m ay be
d ete rm in ed by su ch l aw, and the s ai d Fund sh all be pl ac ed at th e di spos al
of the G ove rnor of the Sta te to en abl e adv an ce s to be m ad e by hi m out of
su ch Fund fo r the purpo se s of me et ing unfor es ee n exp endi tur e pending
a uthor is at ion of su ch e xpend itu re by th e L egi sl atu re of the Sta te by la w
und er ar ti cl e 205 or ar ti cl e 206. 112
D is tr ibution of Re ve nue s be tw ee n th e Union and th e State s
268. Du ti es lev ie d by th e U nion bu t co ll ec te d and approp ria te d by th e
S tat es . (1) Such s ta mp dutie s a nd su ch duti es of ex ci se on me di cin al and
toi le t prep ar at ion s a s a re m en tion ed in th e Union Lis t sha ll be l evie d by the
Gov er nm en t of Indi a but sha ll be col le ct ed
(a ) in th e ca se wh er e suc h dut ie s ar e l evia bl e with in a ny U nion
t er ri tory, by th e Gove rn me nt of India , and
(b ) in oth er ca se s, by th e Sta te s wi thin wh ich suc h dutie s ar e
r es pe ct ive ly lev iab le .
(2) The proc ee ds in any f inan ci al ye ar of any su ch duty l evi abl e wi thin
a ny Sta te sh al l not for m p ar t of th e Cons olid at ed Fund of India , but sh al l
b e a ss ign ed to th at St at e.
269. Tax es l evi ed and coll ec te d by the Un ion bu t as sign ed to th e
S tat es . (1) Ta xe s on th e sa le or pur cha se of goods and tax es on the
c ons ignm ent of goods s ha ll be lev ied and co ll ec te d by the G ove rnm en t of
Ind ia but sha ll be a ss igne d a nd s ha ll be de em ed to have b een a ss ign ed to
th e St at es on or af te r the 1 st day of Apr il, 1996 in th e m ann er provid ed in
c la us e (2) .
Exp lanation . For the purpo se s of this c la us e, -
( a) the exp re ss ion "tax es on the s al e or purch as e of goods" sh al l
m ea n t axe s on s al e or purc ha se of goods othe r th an ne wsp ap er s, whe re
su ch sa le or pur ch as e t ake s pla ce in th e cour se of int er- St at e tr ade or
c om me rc e;
( b) th e exp re ss ion "t axe s on th e con sign me nt of goods" s ha ll m ea n
t axe s on th e cons ignm en t of goods ( whe the r the c ons ignm ent i s to th e
p er son m ak ing it or to any othe r per son ), whe re such con sign me nt t ake s
pl ac e in the cou rs e of inte r- Sta te t rad e or com me rc e.
114 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(2) Th e ne t proc ee ds in any fina nc ia l ye ar of any such tax , ex ce pt in so


f ar as thos e pro ce ed s rep re se nt proc ee ds at tr ibuta ble to Un ion te rr ito rie s,
sh al l not fo rm p art of the Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia , but sh al l b e a ss ign ed
to the St at es with in w hic h th at t ax i s lev iab le in tha t y ea r, and sh all be
di st ribut ed am ong thos e Sta te s in ac co rda nc e wi th s uch prin cip le s of
di st ribut ion a s m ay be for mu la ted by P ar li am en t by la w.
(3) Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw for mul at e pr inc ipl es for det er mi ning wh en a
s al e or purc ha se of , or con sign me nt of, goods t ake s pla ce in th e cour se of
int er- St at e tr ade or co mm er ce .
270. Tax es l evi ed and di st ri bu te d be tw ee n the Un ion and t he Stat es .
(1) Al l t ax es and duti es re fe rr ed to in th e Union Lis t, ex ce pt the duti es
a nd t axe s r ef er re d to in ar ti cl es 268 and 269, r es pe ct ive ly, su rch arge on
t axe s and duti es r ef er re d to in a rti cl e 271 a nd a ny c es s l evi ed for sp ec if ic
purpo se s under any l aw ma de by P ar li am en t sh al l be l evi ed a nd col le ct ed
by the Gov ern me nt of Indi a and sha ll be dis tr ibute d b etw ee n the Un ion a nd
th e Sta te s in the ma nne r provid ed in c la us e (2) .
(2) Such p er ce nta ge , as m ay b e pre sc ri be d, of th e ne t pro ce ed s of a ny
su ch t ax or duty in any f inan ci al yea r s ha ll not fo rm pa rt of the
Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia , but sh al l b e a ss ign ed to th e Sta te s w ithin
wh ic h tha t ta x or duty i s lev ia ble in tha t ye ar, and sha ll b e dis tr ibute d
a mong tho se St at es in su ch ma nne r and fro m su ch tim e a s ma y be
pr es cr ib ed in th e ma nne r provid ed in c la us e (3).
(3) In this a rt ic le , "pre sc ri bed " m ea ns ,
( i) unti l a Fin an ce Co mm is si on ha s b een con st itut ed, pr es cr ib ed by
th e Pre si den t by orde r, and
( ii) a ft er a Fin anc e Co mm is si on has b een con st itut ed, pr es cr ib ed by
th e Pr es id ent by ord er af te r c ons ide ring th e r ec om me nd at ions of the
Fin an ce Co mm is si on.
271. Surch ar ge on ce rt ai n dut ie s and taxe s fo r pur pos es of the Un ion.
Not wi ths tand ing any thing in a rt ic le s 269 and 270, Pa rli am en t m ay at a ny
ti me in cr ea se any of th e duti es or t axe s r ef er re d to in thos e a rt ic le s by a
su rc ha rg e for purpo se s of the Union a nd the whol e pro ce ed s of any su ch
su rc ha rg e sh al l fo rm p ar t of th e Con sol ida te d Fund of India .
272. [Ta xe s whi ch are l ev ie d and col le ct ed by th e Union and m ay be
di st ribut ed be tw ee n th e Union and th e Sta te s. ]R ep. by th e Cons titu tion
( Eight ie th A mend me nt ) Ac t , 2000 , s .4.
273. Gr an ts in li eu of expo rt duty on j ut e and j ut e p rod uc ts . (1 )
Th er e sh all be ch arge d on th e Con sol ida te d Fund of India in ea ch y ea r as
gr ant s- in- aid of the re venu es of th e St at es of As sa m, Biha r, Or is sa and
Wes t Be nga l, in l ieu of as si gnm en t of any sha re of th e ne t proc ee ds in e ac h
y ea r of e xport duty on jut e and jute produ ct s to tho se St at es , su ch sum s a s
m ay be pr es cr ib ed.
115 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(2) Th e su ms so pr es cr ib ed sh al l con tinu e to be cha rg ed on th e


Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia so long as a ny e xpor t duty on jut e or jute
produ ct s cont inue s to b e l evi ed by th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or until th e
e xpir at ion of t en ye ar s fro m th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion
wh ic hev er i s ea rl ie r.
(3) In this a rt ic le , the exp re ss ion p re sc ri be d ha s the s am e m ea ni ng a s
in ar ti cl e 270.
274. P rio r rec ommen da ti on of P re si de nt re qu ired to Bi ll s aff ec ti ng
taxa tion in wh ic h Sta te s a re in te re st e d. (1) No Bi ll or a me nd me nt w hic h
i mpos es or var ie s a ny tax or duty in wh ich Sta te s a re int er es te d, or whi ch
v ari es th e me an ing of the e xpr es si on a gr icu ltu ra l inco me a s de fin ed fo r
th e purpos es of th e ena ct me nt s re la ting to Indi an inco me - tax , or wh ich
a ff ec ts th e prin cipl es on whi ch unde r a ny of th e fo re going provi sion s of
thi s Ch apt er mon ey s ar e or ma y b e dis tribu ta ble to St at es , or wh ic h
i mpos es any suc h s ur cha rg e fo r th e purpos es of th e Union as is me nt ioned
in the fo rego ing provis ions of thi s Chap te r, sh all be int roduc ed or mov ed in
e ith er Hou se of P ar lia me nt e xc ept on th e re co mm en da tion of the Pr es ide nt.
(2) In this ar ti cl e, the e xpr es si on t ax or duty in whi ch St at es a re
int er es te d me an s
( a) a tax or duty the whol e or p art of the net proc ee ds whe re of ar e
a ss ign ed to a ny St at e; or
( b) a tax or duty by r ef er en ce to the n et pro ce ed s w he re of su ms a re
fo r the ti me b eing paya bl e out of the Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia to any
St at e.
275. G ra nt s from the U nion to ce rt ai n S tat es . (1) Su ch su ms as
P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw prov ide sh al l be cha rg ed on th e Conso lid at ed Fund
of India in ea ch ye ar as gra nts - in-a id of the r ev enue s of suc h St at es as
P ar lia me nt ma y de te rm in e to b e in ne ed of a ss is ta nc e, and diffe re nt sum s
m ay be fix ed for di ff er en t Sta te s:
Provid ed th at the re sha ll b e pa id out of th e Cons olid at ed Fund of India
a s gra nt s- in- aid of the re venu es of a St at e su ch ca pit al and r ec ur ring sum s
a s m ay be n ec es sa ry to en abl e th at S ta te to me et th e co st s of s uch sch em es
of dev elop me nt a s ma y be under tak en by th e S ta te w ith the app rova l of th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a fo r th e purpo se of prom oting the we lf ar e of the
S che dule d Trib es in th at St at e or ra is ing th e le ve l of ad mi nis tr at ion of th e
S che dule d A re as the re in to th at of the ad min is tr at ion of th e re st of the
a re as of tha t St at e:
Provid ed fur the r tha t th er e sh al l b e p aid out of the Con sol ida ted Fund of
Ind ia a s gra nts - in-a id of th e re venu es of th e Sta te of As sa m sum s, c ap ita l
a nd r ec ur ring, equ iva le nt to
( a) th e av er ag e ex ce ss of expe nditu re ove r the rev enu es during th e
t wo yea rs i mm ed ia te ly pre ce di ng th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion
116 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

in r es pe ct of th e ad min is tr at ion of th e tr iba l ar ea s sp ec if ie d in P art I of


th e tab le app end ed to pa ra gr aph 20 of the Sixth S chedu le ; and
( b) th e co st s of su ch s ch em es of dev elop me nt a s ma y be und ert ak en
by th at St at e w ith th e a pprov al of the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia for th e
purpo se of r ai sing the l eve l of adm ini st ra tion of the sa id a re as to th at of
th e adm ini st ra tion of the r es t of th e ar ea s of th at Sta te .

(1A ) On and fro m the fo rm at ion of th e autono mou s S ta te unde r ar ti cl e


244A ,
( i) any su ms p ayab le und er cl au se ( a) of the s ec ond provis o to
c la us e (1 ) sh al l, if the autono mous Sta te co mp ris es a ll th e t riba l a re as
r ef er re d to th er ei n, be paid to th e a utonom ous Sta te , and , if th e
a utonom ous Sta te co mpr is es only so me of tho se tr iba l ar ea s, b e
a pport ioned be tw ee n the St at e of A ss am and th e a utono mous St at e as the
P re sid ent m ay, by orde r, spe ci fy ;
( ii) th er e sha ll be pa id out of the Cons olid at ed Fund of Indi a as
gr ant s- in- aid of the r ev enue s of the au tonomou s Sta te sum s, c ap ita l and
r ec ur ring, equiv al ent to the cos ts of su ch s ch em es of deve lopm en t a s
m ay be unde rt ake n by the au tonomou s Sta te with th e a pprov al of the
Gov er nm en t of Indi a for th e purpos e of r ai si ng th e lev el of
a dm ini st ra tion of th at Sta te to tha t of th e ad mi nis tr at ion of th e r es t of
th e Sta te of As sa m.
(2) Un til provi sion i s m ad e by P arl ia me nt unde r cl au se (1 ), the pow er s
c onf er re d on Pa rli am en t unde r th at c la us e sh al l be exe rc is ab le by the
P re sid ent by ord er a nd a ny ord er m ad e by th e Pre si den t und er thi s c la us e
sh al l have e ff ec t subj ec t to a ny prov is ion so m ad e by P ar lia me nt :
Provid ed th at af te r a Finan ce Co mm is si on ha s b een cons titu te d no orde r
sh al l be ma de unde r this c la us e by th e P re sid ent ex ce pt a ft er con sid er ing
th e re co mm en da tions of th e F inan ce Com mi ss ion.
276. Taxe s on prof es si ons , tra de s, ca lling s and employ me nt s.
(1 ) Not with st anding any thing in a rt ic le 246, no l aw of the L egi sl atu re of a
St at e r el at ing to t axe s for th e ben ef it of the Sta te or of a muni ci pa lity,
di st ric t bo ard, loc al bo ard or othe r lo ca l au thori ty the re in in r es pe ct of
pro fe ss ion s, t rad es , c al ling s or em ploym en ts sha ll be inv alid on th e ground
th at it re la te s to a tax on in com e.
(2 ) The tot al a moun t p ayab le in re sp ec t of any one per son to th e Sta te
or to any one muni cip al ity, di st ric t board , lo ca l boa rd or oth er loc al
a uthor ity in th e Sta te by wa y of t axe s on pro fe ss ions , tra de s, c al ling s and
e mp loym en ts sha ll not e xc ee d t wo thous and a nd fiv e hundr ed rup ee s per
a nnum .
(3 ) The pow er of th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e to m ak e l aw s as a fo re sa id
w ith r es pe ct to ta xe s on prof es si ons , tr ad es , c al ling s and e mp loym en ts
sh al l not be con st rue d a s li mi ting in a ny w ay th e po we r of P ar li am en t to
117 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

m ak e l aw s with re sp ec t to t axe s on in com e ac cr uing f rom or a ri sing out of


pro fe ss ion s, tr ade s, c al ling s and em ploy me nt s.
277. Savings . Any tax es , dutie s, c es se s or fe es w hic h, im me di at ely
b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion, we re being l aw ful ly l evi ed
by th e Gov ern me nt of any St at e or by a ny mun ic ipa lity or othe r lo ca l
a uthor ity or body for th e purpo se s of the St at e, m unic ipa li ty, dis tri ct or
oth er loc al ar ea m ay, notw iths ta nding th at tho se tax es , dut ie s, c es se s or
f ee s a re m en tion ed in th e Union Li st, con tinue to be l evie d a nd to be
a ppli ed to th e s am e purpos es unti l provi sion to the c ont ra ry i s ma de by
P ar lia me nt by la w.
278. [Ag re em en t w ith Sta te s in Pa rt B of the F ir st S chedu le with re gard
to ce rt ain finan cia l ma tt er s. ] R ep. by the Cons ti tution (S ev en th
A me ndm ent ) A ct, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.
279. Cal cula tion of n et proc ee ds , e tc . (1) In the fo rego ing
prov is ions of this Cha pte r, ne t pro ce ed s m ea ns in re la tion to any t ax or
duty th e pro ce ed s th er eo f re duc ed by th e co st of col le ct ion, a nd for the
purpo se s of thos e provi sion s the ne t pro ce ed s of any tax or duty, or of any
p art of any t ax or duty, in or a tt ribut abl e to a ny ar ea s ha ll b e as ce rt ai ne d
a nd ce rt if ie d by the Co mp trol le r and Audito r- G en er al of Indi a, whos e
c er ti fi ca te sha ll be fin al .
(2) Subj ec t a s afo re sa id , and to a ny othe r e xpr es s prov is ion of thi s
Ch apt er, a la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt or an ord er of the Pr es ide nt m ay, in any
c as e w he re und er thi s P ar t the proc ee ds of a ny duty or tax ar e, or m ay be ,
a ss ign ed to a ny Sta te , prov ide for th e m ann er in whi ch th e pro ce ed s a re to
b e ca lc ul at ed, for th e ti me f rom or at whi ch a nd the ma nne r in wh ic h any
p aym ent s a re to be ma de , fo r the ma king of adju st me nt s be tw ee n one
f inan ci al y ea r and anoth er, a nd fo r any othe r in cid ent al or an ci lla ry
m at te rs .
280. Finan ce C ommi ss io n. (1 ) Th e P re sid en t sh al l, wi thin two ye ar s
f rom the com me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion and th er ea ft er a t th e
e xpir at ion of e ve ry fi fth y ea r or a t su ch e ar li er ti me a s th e Pr es id ent
c ons ide rs nec es sa ry, by ord er con sti tut e a Finan ce Co mm is si on wh ich sha ll
c ons is t of a Ch ai rm an and four oth er m em be rs to be appo int ed by the
P re sid ent .
(2 ) P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw d et er min e the qu ali fi ca tion s whi ch sha ll be
r equi si te fo r a ppoint me nt a s me mb er s of th e Co mm is si on and the m ann er in
wh ic h th ey sha ll be se le ct ed .
(3 ) I t s ha ll be the duty of th e Com mi ss ion to ma ke r ec om me nd at ions to
th e Pre si den t a s to
( a) th e dis tr ibution b et we en th e Un ion and the St at es of th e n et
pro ce ed s of tax es w hic h a re to b e, or m ay be , div ided be tw ee n the m
und er this Ch apt er a nd th e al loc at ion bet we en th e S ta te s of the
r es pe ct ive s ha re s of suc h pro ce ed s;
118 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(b) the pr inc ipl es whi ch shou ld gove rn th e gra nts - in-a id of the
r ev enue s of the St at es out of the Con solid at ed Fund of Ind ia ;
( bb ) th e me as ur es nee ded to augm en t th e Cons olid at ed Fund of a
St at e to suppl em en t the re sou rc es of th e P anch ay at s in th e St at e on th e
b as is of the re co mm end at ions ma de by the F inan ce Co mm is si on of th e
St at e;
( c ) th e me as ur es nee ded to augm en t th e Cons olid at ed Fund of a
St at e to suppl em en t the re sou rc es of th e Muni cip al iti es in th e St at e on
th e ba si s of the r ec om me nd at ions ma de by th e Fin an ce Com mi ss io n of
th e Sta te ;
( d) any othe r ma tt er r ef er re d to th e Co mm is si on by the Pre si den t in
th e inte re st s of sound fin anc e.
(4 ) The Co mm is si on sha ll de te rm ine th ei r proc edu re and sh al l h ave su ch
pow er s in the pe rfo rm an ce of th ei r func tions a s P arl ia me nt m ay by l aw
c onf er on th em .
281. Re co mmen da tio ns of the F inan ce C ommi ss io n. Th e Pre si den t
sh al l ca us e ev ery r ec om me nda tion m ad e by the Fin an ce Co mm is si on unde r
th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion toge the r wi th a n e xpla na tory
m em or andu m as to the ac tion tak en th er eon to b e la id be for e e ac h Hou se of
P ar lia me nt .
Mi sc el lan eou s Financ ial Prov is ions
282. Exp end itu re de fraya bl e by th e U nion or a S tat e out of it s
rev en ue s. The Union or a St at e m ay ma ke any gr ant s fo r any publ ic
purpo se , not with st anding tha t the purpos e i s not one wi th re sp ec t to w hic h
P ar lia me nt or th e L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te , a s th e c as e ma y b e, ma y ma ke
l aw s.
283. Cu sto dy, et c. , of C ons olida te d Fu nds , Con ting en cy F und s and
mon eys c re di te d to th e publ ic a cco unt s. (1) Th e cus tody of th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia a nd th e Conting en cy Fund of Indi a, the
p aym ent of mon ey s in to s uch Funds , th e wi thdr aw al of mon ey s the re fro m,
th e cu stody of publi c mon ey s oth er th an tho se cr ed ite d to su ch Fund s
r ec ei ve d by or on beha lf of the Gove rn me nt of India , th ei r pay me nt into the
publi c a cc oun t of Indi a a nd the wi thdr aw al of mon ey s f rom suc h ac co unt
a nd a ll othe r ma tt er s conn ec te d wi th or an ci ll ary to ma tt er s a for es ai d sha ll
b e r egul at ed by l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt , a nd, until provi sion in that beh al f
i s so m ad e, sh al l be regu la te d by rule s m ad e by the Pr es id ent .
(2 ) The cu stody of the Con sol ida ted Fund of a S ta te and th e
Con tinge ncy Fund of a S ta te , the paym en t of m oney s in to suc h Funds , the
w ithd ra wa l of mone ys the re fro m, the cus tody of publ ic mone ys othe r than
tho se c re dit ed to such Fund s r ec ei ve d by or on beha lf of th e G ove rnm en t of
th e Sta te , thei r paym en t into the publi c ac coun t of th e S ta te and th e
w ithd ra wa l of mone ys f rom su ch ac co unt and al l oth er m at te rs conne ct ed
w ith or anc il la ry to m at te rs a for es ai d sh al l be r egu la ted by l aw ma de by the
119 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te , a nd, unti l provi sion in th at beha lf is s o ma de ,


sh al l be regu la te d by rule s m ad e by the Gov er nor of the St at e.
284. Cus tody of su ito rs ' d epos it s and othe r mone ys re ce iv ed by
pu bli c se rva nt s and c our ts . Al l m oney s re ce iv ed by or depo si ted w ith
( a) any offic er em ploy ed in conn ec ti on w ith the a ff ai rs of the
Un ion or of a St at e in hi s ca pa ci ty a s su ch, oth er than r eve nue s or public
m oney s r ai se d or r ec ei ve d by the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or the
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te , a s th e c as e ma y b e, or
(b) any cou rt wi thin the t er rito ry of Ind ia to the c re dit of any
c au se , ma tt er, ac coun t or pe rs ons ,
sh al l be paid into the publi c ac co unt of Ind ia or th e publ ic a cc ount of
St at e, a s the c as e m ay be .
285. Exe mp tio n of p rop er ty of th e U nion f ro m Sta te taxat ion. (1)
Th e prop er ty of th e Un ion sha ll , sa ve in so f ar as Pa rl ia me nt ma y by la w
oth er wi se provid e, be ex em pt fro m a ll t axe s impo se d by a St at e or by a ny
a uthor ity wi thin a Sta te .
(2 ) Nothing in cl au se (1 ) s ha ll, unti l P ar lia me nt by la w othe rw is e
prov ide s, prev ent any au thor ity w ithin a St at e f rom levy ing any t ax on any
prop er ty of th e Un ion to wh ich such prope rty wa s i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion liab le or tr ea te d as l iab le , s o long as
th at ta x c ontinu es to be le vie d in tha t Sta te .
286. Re st ri ct io ns a s to i mpo si tion of tax on th e sa le or purch as e of
good s. (1) No la w of a St at e sh al l im pos e, or autho ri se the impo si tion of ,
a tax on th e s al e or purch as e of goods whe re su ch s al e or purch as e tak es
pl ac e
(a) out side th e Sta te ; or
( b) in th e c our se of th e i mpo rt of th e goods into, or expor t of th e
goods out of, the t er rito ry of Ind ia .
(2) Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw for mul at e pr inc ipl es for det er mi ning wh en a
s al e or purc ha se of goods t ake s pla ce in a ny of th e w ay s me ntion ed in
c la us e (1) .
(3) Any l aw of a St at e sha ll, in so fa r as i t i mpos es , or autho ri se s th e
i mpos it ion of ,
(a) a t ax on the sa le or pur ch as e of goods de cl ar ed by P arl ia me nt
by la w to be of sp ec ia l impo rt anc e in inte r- Sta te t rad e or com me rc e; or
( b) a tax on th e sa le or pur ch as e of goods, being a tax of the natu re
r ef er re d to in sub -c lau se ( b) , sub -c la us e ( c ) or sub -c la us e ( d) of cl au se
(29 A) of ar ti cl e 366,
b e sub je ct to su ch re st ri ct ions and cond ition s in r eg ard to the sy st em of
l evy, ra te s and oth er in cide nt s of th e tax as Pa rli am en t ma y by la w spe ci fy.
287. Exe mp tio n f ro m tax es on e le ct ri ci ty. Sav e in s o f ar a s
P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw oth er wi se provid e, no l aw of a Sta te s ha ll impo se ,
120 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

or autho ris e the i mpo sit ion of, a t ax on the c onsu mp tion or s al e of
e le ct ri ci ty ( whe the r produ ce d by a G ove rnm en t or oth er per son s) w hic h is

( a) consu me d by th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia , or so ld to the


Gov er nm en t of Indi a for con su mpt ion by tha t Gov er nm en t; or
( b) consu me d in th e cons tru ct ion, ma in ten an ce or ope ra tion of any
r ai lw ay by th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or a ra il wa y c om pany ope ra ting tha t
r ai lw ay, or sold to tha t Gov ern me nt or any su ch r ai lw ay com pany for
c onsu mpt ion in th e c ons tru ct ion, ma int en anc e or ope ra tion of a ny
r ai lw ay,
a nd any su ch l aw im pos ing, or a uthor is ing th e im pos ition of , a t ax on th e
s al e of el ec tr ic ity sh al l se cu re th at the pr ic e of el ec tr ic ity sold to the
Gov er nm en t of Indi a for con su mpt ion by tha t Gov er nm en t, or to any su ch
r ai lw ay co mpa ny a s a for es ai d for con sum ption in the con st ruc tion,
m ai nt ena nc e or oper at ion of any ra il wa y, sh al l be l es s by th e a moun t of th e
t ax than the pr ic e ch arge d to oth er con sum er s of a sub st ant ia l qu anti ty of
e le ct ri ci ty.
288. Ex empt ion f ro m taxa tion by Stat es i n res pe ct of wa te r or
e le ct ri ci ty in c er ta in cas es . (1 ) Sav e in s o f ar a s the P re sid ent m ay by
ord er othe rw is e provide , no la w of a St at e in fo rc e im me di at ely befo re the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution sha ll i mpo se , or au thor is e th e
i mpos it ion of , a t ax in r es pe ct of any w at er or e le ct ri ci ty s tor ed, gen er at ed ,
c onsu me d, dis tribu te d or so ld by any autho rity e st abl ish ed by any ex is ting
l aw or any la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt fo r r egul at ing or dev el oping any inte r-
St at e riv er or riv er- va lle y.
Explana tion. Th e exp re ss ion l aw of a Sta te in for ce in thi s cl au se
sh al l inc lude a l aw of a Sta te p as se d or m ad e be for e the co mm en ce me nt of
thi s Cons ti tution and not prev ious ly r ep ea le d, notw iths ta nding tha t i t or
p art s of it m ay not be then in ope ra tion ei the r at al l or in pa rti cul ar a re as .
(2) The Leg is la tur e of a St at e m ay by l aw impo se , or autho ris e the
i mpos it ion of, a ny su ch t ax as i s me nt ioned in cl aus e (1), but no s uch la w
sh al l have a ny e ff ec t unle ss i t h as , a ft er h aving bee n r es er ve d for the
c ons ide ra tion of the Pr es id ent, r ec ei ved hi s a ss en t; and i f a ny su ch la w
prov ide s fo r th e fix at ion of th e ra te s and oth er incid en ts of suc h tax by
m ea ns of ru le s or orde rs to be m ad e und er th e l aw by a ny au thori ty, th e l aw
sh al l provid e fo r th e pr eviou s con se nt of the P re sid ent being obtain ed to
th e ma king of any such ru le or orde r.
289. Exe mp tio n of p rop er ty and in come of a Sta te from U nion
taxa tion . (1) The prope rty and in com e of a St at e s ha ll be exe mp t f rom
Un ion tax at ion.
(2) Noth ing in cl au se (1) sha ll prev ent the U nion f rom impo sing , or
a uthor is ing the impo si tion of , any t ax to su ch e xt ent, if an y, a s P ar lia me nt
m ay by l aw prov ide in re sp ec t of a tra de or busin es s of any kind ca rr ie d on
by, or on beh al f of , th e Gove rn me nt of a Sta te , or a ny op er ation s conn ec te d
121 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

th er ew ith , or any prop er ty used or oc cupi ed for th e purpo se s of su ch tra de


or bus ine ss , or a ny in com e a cc ru ing or a ri sing in conn ec tion the re wi th.
(3) No thing in c la us e (2) sh al l a pply to any t rad e or busin es s, or to a ny
c la ss of t ra de or busin es s, whi ch P ar li am en t ma y by l aw dec la re to be
in cid ent al to the ordin ar y fun ct ions of Gov ern me nt .
290. Ad jus tmen t in res pe ct of c er ta in ex pe ns es and p ens ion s. Wh er e
und er th e provi sion s of this Cons titu tion th e exp en se s of any cou rt or
Co mm is si on, or the pens ion pay abl e to or in re sp ec t of a pe rson who ha s
s er ved be for e the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion under th e C row n in
Ind ia or af te r s uch com me nc em en t in conn ec tion wi th the affa ir s of th e
Un ion or of a St at e, a re ch arge d on th e Cons olid at ed Fund of India or th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of a S ta te , th en, if
( a) in th e ca se of a c ha rg e on th e Con solid at ed Fund of Indi a, th e
c ourt or Com mi ss io n s er ve s any of the se pa ra te nee ds of a Sta te , or the
p er son ha s s er ved wholly or in pa rt in c onne ct ion w ith th e affa ir s of a
St at e; or
( b) in th e ca se of a c ha rg e on th e Con solid at ed Fund of a St at e, the
c ourt or Com mi ss ion se rve s any of th e s ep ar at e n eed s of the U nion or
a nothe r Sta te , or the pe rson ha s se rv ed wholly or in pa rt in conn ec ti on
w ith the a ff ai rs of the Un ion or ano the r Sta te ,
th er e s ha ll be cha rg ed on and pa id out of the Conso lid at ed Fund of th e
St at e or, as th e ca se ma y be, the Con sol ida te d Fund of Indi a or the
Con sol ida ted Fund of the othe r St at e, such cont ribut ion in r es pe ct of the
e xpen se s or pen sion as ma y b e a gr ee d, or a s m ay in d ef aul t of ag re em en t be
d ete rm in ed by an a rbit ra to r to be appoin te d by the Chi ef Ju st ic e of Indi a.
290A. Ann ual paymen t to ce rt ain D eva swo m Fun ds . A su m of forty -
s ix l akhs and fi fty thou sa nd rupe es s ha ll be cha rg ed on, and p aid out of,
th e Conso lida te d Fund of the St at e of Ke ra la eve ry ye ar to the Tr ava nco re
D ev as wo m Fund; and a sum of thi rt ee n la khs a nd fi fty thou sa nd rupe es
sh al l be cha rg ed on, and paid out of, the Cons olid at ed Fund of th e S ta te of
Tam il N adu eve ry y ea r to th e De va sw om Fund e st abl ish ed in th at Sta te for
th e m ai nte nan ce of H indu t em ple s and sh rin es in the te rr itor ie s t ran sf er re d
to tha t Sta te on th e 1st day of Nove mb er, 1956, f rom th e Sta te of
Tra van co re -Co ch in.
291. [P ri vy pu rs e sum s of Rule rs . ] R ep. by the Con st itut ion ( Tw en ty -
s ix th A mend me nt ) A ct, 197l, s. 2.
C H A P T E R I I. B O R R O W I N G
292. Bo rrow in g by th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia. Th e exe cu tiv e powe r of
th e Un ion ext end s to bor row ing upon the se cu rity of the Conso lid at ed Fund
of Indi a wi thin suc h l im it s, if any, a s ma y fro m tim e to ti me b e f ixed by
P ar lia me nt by la w and to the giving of gua ra nt ee s w ith in su ch li mi ts , if
a ny, as m ay be so fix ed.
293. Bo rrow in g by Sta te s. (1) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of thi s ar ti cl e,
th e ex ec ut ive powe r of a St at e ex tend s to bor row ing w ithin the t er ri tory of
122 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Ind ia upon th e s ec ur ity of the Con sol ida te d Fund of th e Sta te w ithin s uch
li mi ts , if any, a s ma y fro m tim e to tim e be f ixed by th e Leg is la tur e of s uch
St at e by l aw and to th e giving of guar ant ee s wi thin su ch l im it s, i f any, as
m ay be so fix ed.
(2) Th e Gov ern me nt of Indi a m ay, subj ec t to s uch condi tions as ma y b e
l aid down by or unde r a ny l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt , ma ke lo ans to any Sta te
or, so long a s a ny li mi ts f ixe d unde r ar ti cl e 292 a re not ex ce ed ed, give
gu ar ant ee s in re sp ec t of lo ans r ai se d by any Sta te , and any sum s r equi re d
fo r the purpos e of ma king su ch loan s sha ll be ch arge d on the Con solid at ed
Fund of India .
(3) A Sta te m ay not wi thout the con se nt of th e Gove rn me nt of India r ai se
a ny lo an if the re i s sti ll outs tand ing a ny p ar t of a lo an w hic h h as be en
m ad e to th e St at e by th e Gov ern me nt of Indi a or by it s pr ed ec es so r
Gov er nm en t, or in r es pe ct of wh ich a gua ra nt ee has bee n give n by the
Gov er nm en t of Indi a or by it s pred ec es so r Gov er nm ent .
(4) A cons en t unde r cl au se (3) ma y be gr an ted subj ec t to su ch
c ondit ions, i f a ny, as th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia m ay think fi t to i mpos e.

C H A P T E R II I. P R O P E RT Y . C O N T R A C T S , R I G H T S , L I A B I L I T I E S ,
O B L I G AT I O N S A N D S U I T S
294. Su cc es si on to prop er ty, as se ts , rig ht s, liab ili ti es and obliga tio ns
in c er ta in cas es . A s fro m the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion
(a ) al l prop er ty and as se ts whi ch im me di at el y b efo re su ch
c om me nc em en t w er e ve st ed in H is M aj es ty for the purpo se s of the
Gov er nm en t of th e Do min ion of Indi a a nd al l prop er ty and a ss et s wh ich
i mm ed ia te ly b efo re such com me nc em en t w er e v es ted in Hi s M aje st y for
th e purpo se s of the Gove rnm en t of e ac h G ove rnor' s Prov inc e sha ll v es t
r es pe ct ive ly in th e Union and the co rr es ponding St at e, and
(b ) al l r ight s, lia bil iti es and obliga tion s of th e Gove rn me nt of th e
Do mi nion of Ind ia and of the G ove rnm en t of e ac h Gov er nor' s Prov inc e,
wh et he r ar is ing out of any cont ra ct or oth er wi se , sha ll be the r ights ,
li ab ili tie s and oblig at ions r esp ec ti ve ly of th e Gove rnm en t of Ind ia and
th e Gove rn me nt of e ac h co rr es ponding Sta te ,
sub je ct to any a dju st me nt m ad e or to be m ad e by re as on of the c re at ion
b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion of th e Dom inion of Pak is tan
or of the Provin ce s of Wes t B enga l, E as t B eng al, Wes t Punja b and E as t
Punj ab,
295. Su cc es si on to prop er ty, as se ts , rig ht s, liab ili ti es and obliga tio ns
in oth er ca se s. (1) A s fro m the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion
123 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(a ) al l prop er ty and as se ts whi ch im me di at el y b efo re su ch


c om me nc em en t w er e ve st ed in a ny Ind ian St at e co rr es ponding to a St at e
sp ec if ie d in P ar t B of th e Fi rs t Sch edu le sha ll v es t in the Union , if th e
purpo se s fo r w hic h s uch prop er ty a nd a ss et s w er e h eld im me di at ely
b efo re such com me nc em en t w ill th er ea ft er b e purpos es of th e Un ion
r el at ing to any of the m at te rs enum er at ed in th e U nion Lis t, and
(b ) al l r ight s, lia bil iti es and obliga tion s of th e Gove rn me nt of a ny
Ind ian Sta te co rr espond ing to a Sta te spe ci fi ed in Pa rt B of the Fir st
S che dule , whe the r ar is ing out of any con tr ac t or oth er wi se , sh al l b e th e
r ights , lia bil iti es a nd obl iga tions of th e G ove rnm en t of Ind ia , i f th e
purpo se s for w hic h su ch righ ts we re a cqui re d or li abi lit ie s or
oblig at ions we re in cur re d be for e su ch co mm en ce me nt wil l the re af te r be
purpo se s of the Gov er nm en t of Indi a re la ting to any of th e ma tt er s
e num er at ed in the Un ion L is t,
sub je ct to any ag re em en t ent er ed into in tha t b eha lf by th e Gove rnm en t of
Ind ia w ith the Gov ern me nt of tha t Sta te .
(2) Subje ct as af or es ai d, th e Gov ern me nt of ea ch Sta te sp ec if ie d in Pa rt
B of the Fir st S che dul e sh al l, a s f rom the com me nc em en t of thi s
Con st itut ion, be the su cc es so r of the Gov ern me nt of the co rr es ponding
Ind ian Sta te as re ga rds al l prop er ty and a ss et s and a ll right s, l iab ili ti es and
oblig at ions , wh eth er ar is ing out of a ny con tr ac t or oth er wi se , oth er than
tho se r ef er re d to in cl au se (1 ).
296. Prop er ty a cc ru ing by e sc he at or laps e or as bona v aca ntia.
Subj ec t as her ein af te r provid ed, any prop er ty in th e t er ri tory of India
wh ic h, if this Con st itut ion h ad not co me in to op er at ion, would hav e
a cc ru ed to Hi s Maj es ty or, as th e ca se ma y be, to the Rul er of an Indi an
St at e by e sc he at or l aps e, or as bona vac antia fo r wan t of a r ightfu l owne r,
sh al l, i f it i s prop er ty si tua te in a S ta te , ve st in s uch Sta te , and sha ll, in
a ny oth er c as e, ves t in th e U nion:
Provid ed th at any prop er ty whi ch a t th e da te whe n it wou ld hav e so
a cc ru ed to Hi s Ma je st y or to th e Rul er of an India n Sta te w as in the
pos se ss io n or unde r th e cont rol of the Gove rn me nt of Ind ia or th e
Gov er nm en t of a Sta te sha ll , ac co rding as the purpos es fo r whi ch it wa s
th en use d or he ld w er e purpo se s of the Un ion or of a St at e, ve st in th e
Un ion or in tha t Sta te .
Exp lanation . In thi s ar ti cl e, the exp re ss ion s R ule r and Ind ian St at e
h ave th e s am e me an ings a s in a rt ic le 363.
297. Thi ngs of value w it hin t er ri to ria l wa te rs or c ont in en tal sh el f and
res ou rc e s of th e exc lu siv e ec onomic zon e to v es t in t he U nion. (1) Al l
l ands , min er al s and othe r things of va lue unde rly ing th e oce an w ithin th e
t er ri tori al w at er s, or th e c ontin ent al sh el f, or the ex clu siv e ec onom ic zone ,
of Indi a sh all ve st in the Un ion a nd b e h eld for the purpo se s of the Un ion.
(2) A ll oth er re sou rc es of th e ex cl us ive ec onom ic zone of Ind ia sha ll
a ls o v es t in the Un ion a nd b e h eld for th e purpo se s of the Un ion.
124 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(3) Th e li mi ts of the te rr itor ia l w at er s, the contin en ta l sh el f, th e


e xc lus ive e cono mi c zon e, and othe r ma ri ti me zone s, of Indi a sha ll be su ch
a s ma y be spe ci fi ed , f rom t im e to tim e, by or und er any la w ma de by
P ar lia me nt .
298. Po we r to c ar ry on t rad e, e tc . The ex ec ut ive pow er of the Un ion
a nd of e ac h St at e sh al l ex tend to the ca rr ying on of any tra de or busin es s
a nd to the a cqu is ition, holding and di spos al of prope rty and th e ma king of
c ontr ac ts for any purpos e:
Provid ed tha t
( a) the sa id ex ec utiv e powe r of the Un ion sh al l, in s o f ar a s su ch
t rad e or busin es s or suc h purpos e is not on e wi th re sp ec t to whi ch
P ar lia me nt m ay m ak e la ws , be subj ec t in e ac h Sta te to l egi sl ation by th e
St at e; a nd
( b) the sa id ex ec utiv e powe r of ea ch St at e sh all , in so fa r as suc h
t rad e or busin es s or suc h purpo se is not on e w ith re sp ec t to whi ch the
St at e L egi sl atu re ma y m ak e l aw s, be sub je ct to le gis la tion by
P ar lia me nt .
299. Co nt rac ts . (1 ) A ll con tr ac ts m ad e in th e ex er ci se of th e exe cu tiv e
pow er of th e Un ion or of a Sta te sh al l be e xpr es se d to be ma de by the
P re sid ent , or by the Gove rno r of th e St at e, a s the c as e m ay b e, and al l suc h
c ontr ac ts and al l a ss ur an ce s of prope rty m ad e in th e exe rc is e of th at powe r
sh al l be exe cu ted on b eha lf of the Pre si den t or th e Gov erno r by su ch
p er sons and in suc h m ann er a s he m ay dir ec t or autho ri se .
(2) Ne ith er the P re sid en t nor th e Gov erno r sh al l be p er sona lly l iab le in
r es pe ct of any con tr ac t or a ss ur an ce ma de or ex ec ute d fo r the purpo se s of
thi s Cons ti tution, or for th e purpos es of any en ac tm en t re la ting to the
Gov er nm en t of Indi a h er eto for e in fo rc e, nor sh al l any p er son m ak ing or
e xe cut ing a ny s uch con tr ac t or as su ran ce on beh al f of any of the m be
p er sona lly li abl e in r es pe ct th er eo f.
300. Sui ts and proc ee di ngs . (1 ) The G ove rnm en t of Ind ia ma y su e or
b e su ed by th e nam e of the Un ion of Ind ia and th e G ove rnm en t of a St at e
m ay su e or be sued by th e na me of th e S ta te and m ay, sub je ct to any
prov is ions wh ich m ay be ma de by Ac t of P ar lia me nt or of the L egi sl atu re
of su ch Sta te e na ct ed by vi rtue of pow er s con fe rr ed by thi s Cons titu tion,
su e or be su ed in r el at ion to th ei r re sp ec ti ve affa ir s in the like ca se s a s th e
Do mi nion of Ind ia and th e co rr es ponding P rovinc es or the c or re sponding
Ind ian St at es m ight hav e su ed or b een su ed if thi s Con st itut ion had not
b een en ac te d.
(2) I f a t the co mm en ce me nt of this Con sti tution
( a) any leg al proc ee di ngs ar e pend ing to wh ich th e D om inion of
Ind ia is a pa rty, the U nion of Ind ia sha ll be de em ed to be s ubs titu ted for
th e Dom inion in thos e proc ee ding s; and
125 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( b) any leg al pro ce ed ing s ar e pending to whi ch a Provin ce or an


Ind ian Sta te is a pa rty, the cor re spond ing Sta te sh al l be d ee me d to be
sub st itut ed for th e Provin ce or th e Ind ia n St at e in thos e proc ee ding s.
C H A P T E R IV. R I G H T TO P R O P E RT Y
300A. Persons not to be deprived of property save by authority of law. No person
shall be deprived of his property save by authority of law.

PART XIII
TRADE, COMMERCE AND INTERCOURSE WITHIN THE
TERRITORY OF INDIA
301. F re ed om of tra de , co mme rce and in te rc ou rs e. Subj ec t to the
oth er provi sion s of this P ar t, tr ad e, co mm er ce and inte rc our se th roughout
th e te rr itory of Indi a sha ll be f re e.
302. Po we r of Pa rl iamen t to impos e res tr ic ti on s on tra de , c omme rc e
and int erco ur se . Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw impo se su ch r es tr ic tion s on the
f re edo m of tra de , co mm er ce or int er cou rs e b et we en on e St at e and anoth er
or w ithin any pa rt of the te rr ito ry of Indi a a s ma y be requ ir ed in th e public
int er es t.
303. R es tr ic ti on s on th e l egi sla tiv e po we rs of t he Unio n and of t he
S tat es wi th reg ar d to t rad e and c omme rc e. (1 ) No tw iths ta nding
a nything in ar tic le 302, ne ithe r P ar li am en t nor th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e
sh al l hav e po we r to m ak e any la w giving , or au thor is ing the giving of, any
pr ef er en ce to on e St at e ove r anoth er, or m aking , or au thor is ing th e ma king
of , any di sc ri mi na tion be tw ee n one S ta te and ano the r, by vir tue of any
e ntry re la ting to t ra de a nd co mm er ce in any of the L is ts in the S eve nth
S che dule .
126 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(2) No thing in c la us e (1) sh al l pr ev ent Pa rl ia me nt fro m m aking any l aw


giving , or au thor is ing the giv ing of, a ny pre fe re nc e or m ak ing, or
a uthor is ing the ma king of , any di sc ri mi na tion i f it i s de cl ar ed by s uch la w
th at i t is nec es sa ry to do so fo r th e purpo se of de al ing wi th a s itu at ion
a ri sing f rom s ca rc it y of goods in any pa rt of th e te rr itory of Indi a.
304. Re st ri ct io ns on tr ade , comme rc e and in te rc ou rs e amo ng S tat es .
Not wi ths tand ing a nything in ar ti cl e 301 or ar ti cl e 303, the L egis la tu re
of a St at e ma y by l aw
( a) impo se on goods impo rt ed fro m othe r S ta te s or the Union
t er ri tori es any tax to w hic h s im il ar good s m anu fa ct ur ed or produc ed in
th at St at e ar e subj ec t, so , ho wev er, a s not to di sc ri mi na te be tw ee n goods
so i mpor ted and goods so m anu fa ctu re d or produ ce d; and
( b) impo se s uch r ea son abl e re st ri ct ions on th e fr ee dom of tr ad e,
c om me rc e or in te rc our se wi th or w ithin that Sta te as m ay b e re quir ed in
th e public int er es t:
Provid ed tha t no Bil l or a me nd me nt for th e purpo se s of cl au se ( b) sh al l
b e introdu ce d or m ove d in the Leg is la tur e of a St at e w ithout the pr eviou s
s an ct ion of th e P re sid en t.
305. Saving of exi st ing la ws and law s p rov idi ng for S tat e monopol ie s.
Noth ing in ar ti cl es 301 and 303 s ha ll affe ct th e provi sion s of any
e xis ting l aw ex ce pt in s o fa r a s th e Pr es id ent m ay by ord er othe rw is e
di re ct ; and nothing in a rti cl e 301 sh al l a ff ec t th e ope ra tion of a ny la w
m ad e be for e the co mm en ce me nt of the Cons ti tution (Fou rth Am end me nt )
A ct , 1955, in so fa r a s it r el at es to, or pre ven t Pa rl ia me nt or the
L egi sl atu re of a Sta te fro m m ak ing any l aw re la ting to, any such ma tt er as
125
i s re fe rr ed to in sub -c la us e ( ii ) of c la us e (6) of ar ti cl e 19.
306. [ Pow er of ce rt ain Stat es in Par t B of the Fi rs t Sche dule to impo se
res tr ic ti ons on t rade and com me rc e. ] Rep . b y th e Cons titu tion (Se ve nth
A me ndm ent ) A ct, 1956, s. 29 and Sch.
307. A ppoin tmen t of autho ri ty for ca rr ying out th e pur pos es of
a rti cl es 301 to 304. P ar lia me nt ma y by la w a ppoint suc h autho rity as it
c ons ide rs approp ri at e fo r c ar rying out the purpos es of ar ti cl es 301, 302,
303 and 304, and con fe r on th e autho rity so appo inte d su ch pow er s a nd
su ch duti es a s it think s n ec es sa ry.
127 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART XIV
SERVICES UNDER THE UNION AND THE STATES
C H A P T E R I. S E RV I C E S
308. I nt er pret at io n. In this P art , unl es s th e c ont ext othe rw is e r equi re s,
th e expr es si on St at e does not inc lude th e Sta te of J am mu a nd Ka sh mi r.
309. Re cr ui tmen t and c ondi tion s of se rv ic e of pe rs ons se rv ing th e
U nion o r a Sta te . Subj ec t to the provi sion s of th is Cons ti tution , A ct s of
th e app ropr ia te Leg is la tur e m ay regu la te the re cr uit me nt, and cond ition s of
s er vi ce of pe rson s appoin te d, to publi c se rv ic es a nd po sts in conn ec tion
w ith the a ff ai rs of th e U nion or of any St at e:
Provid ed tha t it s ha ll be co mpe te nt for th e P re sid ent or su ch per son as h e
m ay dir ec t in the c as e of s er vic es and post s in c onne ct ion w ith th e a ff ai rs
of th e U nion, and for th e G ove rnor of a Sta te or su ch pe rson a s he ma y
di re ct in the c as e of s erv ic es and post s in conn ec ti on w ith the a ff ai rs of the
St at e, to ma ke rule s regu la ting th e r ec ru itm en t, a nd the condi tions of
s er vi ce of pe rson s appo int ed, to s uch se rvi ce s and pos ts until prov is ion in
th at beh al f is ma de by or und er an Ac t of th e app ropri at e Le gis la tur e unde r
thi s a rt ic le , and any rul es so ma de sha ll h ave effe ct subj ec t to th e
prov is ions of any suc h A ct .
310. Ten ure of of fi ce of p er son s s er ving the Un ion o r a Sta te . (1 )
Ex ce pt a s e xpr es sl y provid ed by thi s Cons ti tution , eve ry p er son who i s a
m em be r of a de fe nc e se rv ic e or of a civ il se rvi ce of th e Union or of an
a ll -Ind ia s erv ic e or holds any pos t c onne ct ed wi th d ef enc e or any ci vil post
und er the Un ion hold s offi ce dur ing th e ple as ur e of th e Pr es ide nt, and
e ve ry pe rson who is a m em be r of a c ivil s erv ic e of a Sta te or hold s a ny
c ivi l post under a St at e hold s offi ce during th e pl ea su re of the Gove rno r
of th e St at e.
(2) No tw iths ta nding tha t a p er son holding a c ivi l po st under th e Union or
a St at e holds o ff ic e during the pl ea su re of th e P re sid ent or, a s the c as e m ay
b e, of th e Gove rno r of th e St at e, a ny c ontr ac t unde r w hic h a p er son, not
b eing a me mb er of a de fen ce s erv ic e or of an all -Ind ia se rv ic e or of a c ivi l
s er vi ce of th e Union or a St at e, is appoint ed und er th is Cons titu tion to hold
su ch a post ma y, i f the Pr es ide nt or th e Gov er nor, as the ca se m ay be,
d ee ms it n ec es sa ry in ord er to se cu re the se rvi ce s of a p er son hav ing
sp ec ia l qual ifi ca ti ons, provid e for the p aym en t to him of co mpe ns at ion, i f
b efo re the e xpir at ion of a n ag re ed p eriod tha t post is a boli she d or he is, for
r ea son s not c onne ct ed with any m is condu ct on hi s pa rt, r equi re d to va ca te
th at post .
311. Di smis sa l, remov al o r re du ct ion in ra nk of p er son s e mp loy ed i n
c ivi l capa ci tie s und er th e Un ion or a Stat e. (1 ) No p er son who is a
m em be r of a ci vil se rv ic e of the Un ion or a n a ll -Ind ia s erv ic e or a civ il
s er vi ce of a St at e or holds a ci vil po st unde r the Union or a St at e s ha ll b e

127
128 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

di sm is se d or re mov ed by an a uthor ity s ubordin at e to that by w hic h he w as


a ppoint ed.
(2) No su ch per son a s afo re sa id sh al l be dis mi ss ed or re mov ed or
r edu ce d in ra nk ex ce pt a ft er an inqui ry in wh ic h he h as b een info rm ed of
th e ch arge s ag ain st hi m a nd given a r ea son abl e oppor tunity of being hea rd
in re sp ec t of thos e cha rg es :
Provid ed th at whe re it i s propos ed af te r su ch inqui ry, to impo se upon
hi m any suc h p ena lty, su ch pen alty m ay be i mpos ed on th e b as is of the
e vide nc e addu ce d dur ing s uch inqui ry and it s ha ll not b e n ec es sa ry to giv e
su ch p er son any opportuni ty of m ak ing rep re se nt at ion on th e p ena lty
propo se d:
Provid ed fur the r tha t th is cl au se s ha ll not a pply
( a) whe re a p er son is dis mi ss ed or r em oved or re duc ed in rank on
th e ground of conduc t wh ich has led to his convi ct ion on a c ri min al
c ha rg e; or
( b) whe re th e autho ri ty e mpo we re d to di sm is s or re mov e a pe rson or
to re duc e him in ra nk i s sa ti sf ied th at for so me re as on, to b e r ec ord ed by
th at au thori ty in w rit ing, it is not re as ona bly pra ct ic ab le to hold s uch
inqui ry; or
( c ) whe re th e Pr es ide nt or th e Gove rno r, as th e ca se ma y be, is
s at is fi ed th at in the in te re st of th e se cu ri ty of th e St at e it is not
e xped ien t to hold suc h inqui ry.
(3) If, in re sp ec t of a ny su ch pe rson as af or es ai d, a ques tion a ri se s
wh et he r it i s r ea son ably pra ct ic ab le to hold su ch inqui ry as i s re fe rr ed to in
c la us e (2) , th e dec is ion the re on of th e a uthor ity em pow er ed to dis mi ss or
r em ove s uch pe rson or to re duc e him in ra nk sh al l be fina l.
312. A ll- In dia se rv ic es . (1) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in Cha pt er VI of
P ar t VI or P art X I, if the Coun ci l of St at es has de cl ar ed by re solu tion
suppo rt ed by not le ss th an two -thi rds of the m em be rs pre se nt and voting
th at it is ne ce ss ar y or exp edi ent in the na tiona l inte re st so to do,
P ar lia me nt m ay by l aw prov ide fo r the cr ea ti on of on e or m or e al l Ind ia
s er vi ce s (in clud ing an al l- India jud ic ia l se rvi ce ) co mm on to th e Union and
th e St at es , and , subj ec t to the oth er provi sion s of thi s Ch apt er, r egul at e th e
r ec ru itm en t, and the cond ition s of se rvi ce of p er sons appo int ed, to a ny
su ch se rv ic e.
(2) Th e se rv ic es known a t th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion a s th e
Ind ian A dm ini st ra tiv e S ervi ce and the Ind ia n Poli ce Se rvi ce sh al l be
d ee me d to be s er vic es cr ea te d by P ar lia me nt und er this a rt ic le .
(3) The al l- Indi a judic ia l s er vi ce r ef er re d to in cl au se (1 ) sha ll not
in clud e any post in fe rio r to th at of a di str ic t judg e as de fin ed in a rt ic le
236.
(4) Th e la w prov iding fo r th e cr ea ti on of th e a ll -Indi a jud ic ia l s erv ic e
a fo re sa id ma y cont ain su ch provi sion s fo r the a me ndm en t of Ch apt er VI of
129 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

P ar t V I a s ma y be n ec es sa ry for giving e ff ec t to th e provi sion s of th at la w


a nd no such l aw sh al l be dee me d to b e a n a me nd me nt of this Con st itut ion
fo r the purpos es of a rt ic le 368.
312A. Po we r of Parl iamen t to vary o r rev ok e co ndi tion s of se rv ic e of
of fi ce rs of ce rt ain s er vi ce s. (1) P arl ia me nt m ay by l aw
( a) va ry or r evok e, wh et he r pro spe ct ive ly or r et ro spe ct ive ly, the
c ondit ions of se rvi ce s as r esp ec ts r em une ra tion , le av e a nd pen sion a nd
th e right s as r es pe ct s di sc iplin ar y m at te rs of p er sons who , h aving be en
a ppoint ed by the Se cr et ar y of St at e or Se cr et ar y of St at e in Counc il to a
c ivi l s er vi ce of th e C row n in Indi a befo re th e co mm en ce me nt of this
Con st itut ion, con tinu e on and a ft er the com me nc em en t of th e
Con st itut ion ( Tw en ty -e ighth Am end me nt ) A ct , 1972, to se rv e under th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a or of a Sta te in any se rv ic e or post ;
( b) vary or r evoke , whe the r prosp ec ti ve ly or r et rosp ec ti ve ly, the
c ondit ions of se rvi ce a s r es pe ct s pens ion of pe rson s w ho, hav ing be en
a ppoint ed by the Se cr et ar y of St at e or Se cr et ar y of St at e in Counc il to a
c ivi l se rv ic e of the C row n in Indi a be for e th e c om me nc em en t of thi s
Con st itut ion, r et ir ed or oth er wi se c ea se d to be in s er vic e at a ny ti me
b efo re the c om me nc em en t of the Cons titu tion ( Tw en ty -e ighth
A me nd me nt) A ct , 1972:
Provid ed tha t in th e c as e of any suc h p er son w ho i s holding or h as he ld
th e offi ce of th e Chie f Ju sti ce or othe r Judge of the Sup re me Court or a
H igh Cou rt, th e Co mpt rol le r and A udito r- G en er al of Indi a, th e Ch ai rm an or
oth er m em be r of the Un ion or a St at e Publi c Se rvi ce Com mi ss ion or the
Ch ie f Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion er, nothing in sub -c la us e ( a) or sub- cl au se ( b)
sh al l be cons tru ed as em pow er ing Pa rli am en t to v ary or revok e, a ft er hi s
a ppoint me nt to su ch po st, th e cond ition s of his s er vi ce to his dis adva nt age
e xc ept in so f ar as suc h cond ition s of s er vi ce ar e appl ic abl e to hi m by
r ea son of his be ing a pe rson appo inte d by the Se cr et ar y of Sta te or
S ec re ta ry of Sta te in Coun ci l to a c ivil s er vic e of the C rown in Indi a.
(2) Exc ept to the e xte nt provid ed fo r by Pa rl ia me nt by l aw under this
a rt ic le , nothing in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll affe ct th e powe r of any Leg is la tur e or
oth er autho rity under any oth er prov is ion of thi s Con sti tution to re gula te
th e condi tions of s er vi ce of pe rson s re fe rr ed to in cl aus e (1 ).
(3) Ne ith er the Sup re me Cou rt nor any oth er c our t sha ll have jur isd ic tion
in
( a) any disput e a ri sing out of any provis ion of, or any e ndor se me nt
on, a ny cov ena nt, a gr ee me nt or othe r s im il ar inst rum en t wh ich wa s
e nte re d into or exe cu ted by a ny pe rson re fe rr ed to in cl au se (1), or
a ri sing out of a ny l et te r is sue d to su ch per son, in re la tion to hi s
a ppoint me nt to a ny c ivi l s er vi ce of th e Cro wn in Indi a or his
c ontinu anc e in se rvi ce unde r th e Gov ern me nt of the Dom inion of Ind ia
or a Prov inc e the re of ;
130 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( b) any disput e in re sp ec t of a ny r ight, li abi lity or oblig ation unde r


a rt ic le 314 as or igina lly en ac te d.
(4) The provi sion s of th is a rti cl e sh al l h ave e ff ec t notwi ths tand ing
a nything in ar tic le 314 as or igin al ly e na ct ed or in any oth er provi sion of
thi s Cons ti tution.
313. Tr an si tiona l p ro vis ion s. Un til oth er provi sion i s m ad e in this
b eha lf und er th is Con st itut ion, a ll th e l aw s in for ce im me di at el y be for e th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution and app lic ab le to any publ ic se rvi ce or
a ny pos t whi ch continu es to ex is t af te r the co mm en ce me nt of this
Con st itut ion, as a n a ll -Ind ia s erv ic e or as s er vi ce or pos t und er the Un ion
or a St at e sha ll con tinue in fo rc e so fa r as c ons is ten t w ith th e prov is ions of
thi s Cons ti tution.
314. [P rov is ion fo r pro te ct ion of e xi st ing off ic er s of ce rt ain s er vi ce s. ]
R ep. by the Con st itut ion ( Tw en ty -e ighth Am endm en t) A ct , 1972, s . 3 (w.e .f .
29- 8-1972) .
C H A P T E R II. P U BL I C S E RV I C E C O MM I S S I O N S
315. Pu bli c Se rvi ce Commi ss io ns fo r the U nion and for th e Stat es .
(1 ) Subje ct to the provi sion s of thi s a rt ic le , the re sh al l be a Publi c
S erv ic e Co mm is si on fo r the Union a nd a Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss ion fo r
e ac h Sta te .
(2) Two or mo re Sta te s ma y ag re e th at the re sha ll b e one Pub lic Se rvi ce
Co mm is si on for tha t group of St at es , and if a re so lution to that e ff ec t is
p as se d by the Hou se or, wh er e th er e ar e two Hou se s, by ea ch Hou se of th e
L egi sl atu re of e ac h of tho se Sta te s, Pa rl ia me nt m ay by la w provid e fo r th e
a ppoint me nt of a Jo int St at e Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss io n (r ef er re d to in th is
Ch apt er a s Jo int Com mi ss ion ) to s er ve th e nee ds of thos e Sta te s.
(3) Any suc h l aw a s a for es ai d ma y c ont ain su ch incid en ta l a nd
c ons eque nti al provi sion s as m ay b e ne ce ss ar y or de si rab le for giv ing effe ct
to the purpo se s of the l aw.
(4) The Publi c Se rvi ce Co mm is si on for th e U nion, if r eque st ed so to do
by the Gov erno r of a St at e ma y, w ith the app rova l of th e Pre si den t, ag re e to
s er ve a ll or any of th e nee ds of th e S ta te .
(5) R ef er en ce s in this Con st itut ion to th e U nion Publi c Se rvic e
Co mm is si on or a S ta te Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion sh al l, unle ss th e cont ext
oth er wi se r equi re s, be con st rue d as re fe re nc es to the Com mi ss ion s er ving
th e ne ed s of th e Un ion or, a s th e c as e ma y b e, th e Sta te a s r es pe ct s th e
p art icu la r ma tt er in qu es tion.
316. Appo int me nt and t er m of of fi ce of membe rs . (1 ) The Ch ai rm an
a nd othe r m em be rs of a Publi c S ervi ce Co mm is si on sh al l be a ppoint ed, in
th e c as e of th e Union Co mm is si on or a Jo int Co mm is si on, by th e
P re sid ent , a nd in the c as e of a St at e Co mm is si on, by th e G ove rnor of the
St at e:
131 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Provid ed th at a s n ea rly as ma y be one- hal f of th e m em be rs of eve ry


Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss ion sh al l be per sons w ho a t the da te s of th ei r
r es pe ct ive appoin tm en ts have held offi ce for at l ea st t en yea rs e ithe r und er
th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia or unde r the Gov ern me nt of a Sta te , and in
c ompu ting th e s aid per iod of t en ye ar s a ny pe riod b efo re the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Con st itut ion during whi ch a per son ha s h eld offi ce
und er th e C rown in India or unde r th e Gov ern me nt of an Indi an S ta te sha ll
b e in clud ed.
(1A ) I f the offi ce of th e Ch ai rm an of the Com mi ss ion b eco me s va ca nt or
i f a ny s uch Ch ai rm an is by r ea so n of ab se nc e or for any oth er re as on
un able to pe rfo rm th e dutie s of his offi ce , thos e duti es s ha ll, unti l so me
p er son appo inte d unde r cl au se (1) to the vac an t offi ce ha s en te re d on the
duti es the reo f or, as th e ca se ma y be, until th e Ch ai rm an h as r esu me d his
duti es , b e pe rfo rm ed by su ch on e of the othe r m em be rs of th e Co mm is si on
as th e Pr es id ent, in the ca se of th e Un ion Co mm is si on or a Join t
Co mm is si on, and th e Gove rnor of the St at e in the ca se of a Sta te
Co mm is si on, ma y appoin t for the purpo se .
(2) A me mb er of a Publi c S erv ic e Co mm is si on sh al l hold o ff ic e fo r a
t er m of six ye ar s fro m the d ate on whi ch he ent er s upon hi s offi ce or unti l
h e a tt ain s, in the ca se of the Un ion Co mm is si on, th e age of s ixty- fiv e
y ea rs , a nd in th e ca se of a Sta te Co mm is si on or a J oint Com mi ss io n, the
a ge of s ixty- two ye ar s, wh ic hev er i s ea rl ie r:
Provid ed tha t
( a) a me mb er of a Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion m ay, by wr iting
und er his hand a ddr es se d, in th e ca se of the Un ion Co mm is si on or a
Jo int Com mi ss io n, to th e P re sid en t, and in th e c as e of a St at e
Co mm is si on, to the Gov erno r of th e Sta te , re sign hi s o ff ic e;
( b) a me mb er of a Publi c S ervi ce Co mm is si on m ay b e re mo ved fro m
hi s offi ce in th e ma nne r prov ide d in cl aus e (1) or cl aus e (3) of ar ti cl e
317.
(3) A per son who holds o ff ic e as a m em be r of a Pub lic Se rvi ce
Co mm is si on sh al l, on th e expi ra tion of his te rm of o ffi ce , b e ine lig ible for
r e- appo intm en t to th at offi ce .
317. Re mo val and sus pe ns ion of a membe r of a Pu bli c S erv ic e
Co mmis si on . (1) Subj ec t to th e provis ions of c lau se (3), th e Ch ai rm an or
a ny othe r m em be r of a Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss ion sha ll only b e re mov ed
f rom his offi ce by orde r of th e Pr es id ent on th e ground of mi sbe hav iour
a ft er the Supre me Court , on re fe re nc e being m ad e to it by the Pre si den t,
h as, on inqu iry held in ac co rd anc e w ith the proc edu re pr es cr ib ed in that
b eha lf unde r a rt ic le 145, re port ed tha t the Cha ir ma n or suc h oth er m em be r,
a s the c as e m ay be, ought on any su ch ground to be re mov ed.
(2) The Pr es ide nt, in the ca se of the U nion Com mi ss ion or a Join t
Co mm is si on, a nd the Gove rno r in th e ca se of a St at e Co mm is si on, m ay
su sp end fro m offi ce th e Cha ir ma n or any othe r m em be r of th e Co mm is si on
132 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

in r es pe ct of who m a re fe re nc e h as bee n ma de to the Supr em e Court under


c la us e (1 ) unti l the Pre si den t ha s pa ss ed orde rs on re ce ip t of the repo rt of
th e Supre me Cour t on suc h r ef er en ce .
(3) Not with st anding anyth ing in cl au se (1) , the Pr es ide nt m ay by ord er
r em ove f rom o ff ic e th e Ch ai rm an or any oth er me mb er of a Publi c Se rvic e
Co mm is si on if the Ch ai rm an or su ch othe r me mb er, as th e ca se ma y be,
( a) is adjudg ed an inso lven t; or
( b) eng ag es dur ing hi s te rm of offi ce in any pa id em ploym en t outsid e
th e dutie s of his offi ce ; or
( c ) is, in the opin ion of th e Pr es ide nt, unfit to continu e in offic e by
r ea son of inf ir mi ty of m ind or body.
(4) I f th e Cha ir ma n or a ny oth er m em be r of a Publi c Se rvi ce
Co mm is si on i s or be co me s in any w ay c onc er ned or int er es te d in any
c ontr ac t or agr ee me nt ma de by or on b eha lf of the Gov er nm ent of Indi a or
th e Gov ern me nt of a Sta te or pa rt ic ipa te s in a ny w ay in the pro fit the re of
or in any bene fi t or e mo lum en t a ri sing th er ef ro m othe rw is e than a s a
m em be r and in c om mon w ith th e oth er m em be rs of an in corpo ra te d
c omp any, he sh al l, fo r th e purpos es of c la us e (1 ), b e de em ed to be gui lty of
m is beh aviou r.
318. Po we r to mak e re gu lat ions as to con di tion s of s er vi ce of
membe rs and s ta ff of the Co mmis si on . In th e ca se of the Union
Co mm is si on or a Join t Co mm is si on, th e Pr es id ent a nd, in th e c as e of a
St at e Com mi ss io n, the Gov erno r of th e Sta te m ay by r egu la tions
( a) de te rm in e the numb er of me mb er s of th e Com mi ss ion and th eir
c ondit ions of se rvi ce ; and
( b) ma ke provi sion w ith re sp ec t to th e numb er of me mb er s of th e
s ta ff of the Com mi ss io n a nd th ei r condit ions of se rv ic e:
Provid ed th at the c ondit ions of se rv ic e of a m em be r of a Publ ic Se rvic e
Co mm is si on sha ll not be var ied to his di sadv ant ag e af te r his appo intm en t.
319. P ro hib itio n a s to th e hold ing of of fi ce s by me mb er s of
Co mmis si on on ce as ing to be su ch membe rs . On ce as ing to hold o ff ic e

( a) the Cha ir ma n of the Union Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion sh al l b e


in el igibl e fo r fur the r e mp loym en t ei the r und er th e Gov er nm ent of Indi a
or unde r the Gov ern me nt of a Sta te ;
( b) the Cha ir ma n of a Sta te Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion sh al l b e
e lig ible fo r appoin tm ent a s the Ch ai rm an or any othe r me mb er of th e
Un ion Public S erv ic e Co mm is si on or a s the Ch ai rm an of any othe r Sta te
Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss ion , but not for any othe r em ploy me nt ei the r
und er the Gov er nm ent of Indi a or under th e G ove rnm en t of a St at e;
( c ) a me mb er othe r th an th e Cha ir ma n of the U nion Publ ic Se rvic e
Co mm is si on sh al l be elig ibl e fo r appoin tm en t as th e Cha ir ma n of the
133 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Un ion Public S erv ic e Co mm is si on or a s the Ch ai rm an of a Sta te Public


S erv ic e Com mi ss io n, but not for any othe r em ploy me nt ei the r unde r th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a or under th e Gove rnm en t of a St at e;
( d) a me mb er oth er th an the Cha ir ma n of a Sta te Publ ic S erv ic e
Co mm is si on sh al l be elig ibl e fo r appoin tm en t as th e Cha ir ma n or any
oth er me mb er of th e Un ion Publi c S erv ic e Co mm is si on or as the
Ch ai rm an of tha t or a ny oth er St at e Publi c Se rvi ce Co mm is si on, but not
fo r any othe r e mp loym en t e ith er und er the Gov er nm en t of Indi a or under
th e Gove rn me nt of a S ta te .
320. Fu nc tion s of Publ ic S erv ic e Co mmis si on s. (1) It sh al l b e th e
duty of the Union and th e Sta te Publ ic S ervi ce Com mi ss ion s to c onduc t
e xa min at ions fo r appoint me nt s to th e se rvi ce s of th e U nion and the s erv ic es
of th e St at e r esp ec ti ve ly.
(2) It sh al l a ls o b e th e duty of th e U nion Publi c Se rvic e Co mm is si on, if
r equ es te d by any two or mor e Sta te s so to do, to as si st tho se S ta te s in
f ra mi ng a nd op er at ing s ch em es of joint r ec rui tm en t fo r any se rvi ce s fo r
wh ic h c and ida te s pos se ss ing sp ec ia l qual ifi ca ti ons a re r equi re d.
(3) Th e Union Publi c S ervi ce Co mm is si on or th e St at e Publ ic Se rvi ce
Co mm is si on, as the ca se m ay be, sh al l be consu lt ed
( a) on al l m at te rs re la ting to me thod s of r ec ru itm en t to c ivil s er vic es
a nd fo r civi l post s;
( b) on the princ ipl es to be follo we d in m aking appoin tm en ts to civi l
s er vi ce s a nd post s a nd in ma king promo tion s and tra ns fe rs fro m one
s er vi ce to anoth er and on th e su ita bil ity of c and ida te s for su ch
a ppoint me nt s, prom otion s or t ra ns fe rs ;
( c ) on al l dis ci plin ary ma tt er s affe ct in g a p er son s erv ing unde r th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a or the Gove rnm en t of a Sta te in a civ il c ap ac ity,
in clud ing m em or ia ls or p eti tions r el at ing to su ch ma tt er s;
( d) on any c la im by or in re sp ec t of a per son who is se rv ing or ha s
s er ved under the Gove rnm en t of Ind ia or the Gove rn me nt of a St at e or
und er th e C rown in India or unde r th e Gov ern me nt of an Ind ian Sta te , in
a civ il c ap ac it y, th at any cos ts incu rr ed by hi m in de fe nding l ega l
pro ce ed ings ins titu ted aga ins t hi m in r es pe ct of ac ts done or purpor ting
to be done in th e ex ec ution of his duty should be paid out of th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of Ind ia , or, a s th e c as e ma y b e, out of th e
Con sol ida ted Fund of th e Sta te ;
( e ) on any cl ai m fo r th e aw ar d of a p ens ion in re sp ec t of injur ie s
su st ai ned by a pe rson w hil e s er ving und er th e Gov er nm ent of Indi a or
th e Gove rn me nt of a S ta te or unde r th e Cro wn in Ind ia or unde r th e
Gov er nm en t of an India n St at e, in a ci vil c ap ac it y, and any que st ion a s
to the a moun t of any su ch aw ar d,
134 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

a nd it sh al l be the duty of a Publ ic Se rvic e Com mi ss ion to advi se on any


m at te r so re fe rr ed to th em and on any oth er ma tt er wh ich the P re sid ent , or,
a s the c as e m ay b e, the Gov erno r of th e Sta te , ma y r ef er to th em :
Provid ed th at th e Pr es id ent a s re sp ec ts the al l- India se rv ic es and al so a s
r es pe ct s oth er se rv ic es and po sts in conn ec tion with the affa ir s of th e
Un ion, a nd the Gove rnor, as r es pe ct s oth er se rvi ce s and pos ts in conn ec tion
w ith the a ff ai rs of a Sta te , ma y ma ke r egul at ions sp ec if ying the ma tt er s in
wh ic h ei the r gen er al ly, or in any par tic ul ar cl as s of ca se or in any
p art icu la r c ir cu ms ta nc es , i t sha ll not be ne ce ss ar y for a Publi c S erv ic e
Co mm is si on to b e c onsu lte d.
(4) No thing in c la us e (3) sh al l r equi re a Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss io n to
b e c onsu lte d a s r esp ec ts the m ann er in whi ch any provi sion re fe rr ed to in
c la us e (4) of ar ti cl e 16 m ay be ma de or a s re sp ec ts the ma nne r in whi ch
e ff ec t ma y be given to th e provi sion s of a rt ic le 335.
(5) Al l r egu la tions m ad e unde r th e provi so to c lau se (3) by th e P re sid en t
or the G ove rnor of a St at e s ha ll b e la id for not le ss tha n four te en d ays
b efo re e ac h Hous e of Pa rli am en t or th e Hous e or ea ch H ous e of th e
L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te , a s th e c as e ma y b e, a s soon as poss ibl e a ft er they
a re m ad e, a nd sh all be sub je ct to su ch mod if ic at ions , wh eth er by w ay of
r ep ea l or a me nd me nt, as both Hou se s of Pa rli am en t or th e Hou se or both
Hou se s of th e Leg is la tur e of the S ta te ma y ma ke during the s es si on in
wh ic h th ey ar e so la id.
321. Po we r to e xt end fu nc tion s of Publ ic S er vic e Co mmis si on s. An
A ct m ad e by P arl ia me nt or, a s the c as e m ay be , th e Leg is la tur e of a S ta te
m ay provide for the exe rc is e of add ition al func tion s by the Union Publ ic
S erv ic e Com mi ss io n or th e St at e Publi c Se rvi ce Com mi ss ion as re sp ec ts th e
s er vi ce s of the Un ion or th e St at e and a lso a s re sp ec ts th e se rvi ce s of any
lo ca l autho rity or othe r body co rpor at e con sti tut ed by la w or of a ny publ ic
in sti tution .
322. Exp en se s of Publ ic Se rvi ce Co mmis si on s. The expe ns es of th e
Un ion or a St at e Publi c Se rvi ce Co mm is si on, in cluding any s al ar ie s,
a llo wa nc es and pens ions pay ab le to or in re sp ec t of the m em be rs or s ta ff of
th e Com mi ss ion , sh al l be cha rg ed on th e Conso lid at ed Fund of Indi a or, as
th e ca se ma y be, the Con sol ida ted Fund of th e Sta te .
323. Re por ts of Pu bli c S er vic e Commi ss io ns . (1 ) It sha ll b e the duty
of th e U nion Com mi ss ion to pre se nt annu al ly to the Pr es id ent a r epor t a s to
th e work done by th e Com mi ss ion and on r ec ei pt of suc h r epo rt the
P re sid ent sh al l c au se a copy the reo f toge the r with a m em or andu m
e xpla ining , as re sp ec ts th e ca se s, if any, wh er e th e adv ic e of the
Co mm is si on wa s not ac ce pt ed, th e re as ons fo r s uch non- ac ce pt an ce to be
l aid be for e ea ch Hou se of P ar lia me nt .
(2) I t sh all be th e duty of a Sta te Co mm is si on to pr es en t annu ally to the
Gov er nor of the Sta te a r epor t a s to th e wo rk done by th e Co mm is si on, a nd
it sh al l be the duty of a Jo int Com mi ss ion to pre se nt annu al ly to th e
135 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Gov er nor of ea ch of the Sta te s the n eed s of whi ch a re se rv ed by th e Join t


Co mm is si on a repo rt a s to th e work done by th e Com mi ss ion in re la tion to
th at St at e, and in e ith er c as e the Gov erno r, sha ll , on re ce ipt of su ch repo rt,
c au se a c opy th er eo f togeth er w ith a m em or andu m expl ain ing, as r es pe ct s
th e ca se s, if any, wh er e th e a dvic e of the Co mm is si on wa s not ac ce pt ed, th e
r ea son s for su ch non-a cc ep ta nc e to be la id b efo re th e L egi sl atu re of th e
St at e.
136 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART X IVA
T RI BU NA LS
323A. Ad mi ni st ra tive t ri buna ls. (1 ) Pa rli am en t ma y, by l aw, prov ide
fo r the adjud ic at ion or t ri al by ad mi nis tr at ive t ribun al s of di sput es a nd
c omp la int s with r es pe ct to re cr uit me nt and cond ition s of s er vi ce of pe rs ons
a ppoint ed to publi c se rv ic es and post s in conn ec ti on w ith the a ff ai rs of the
Un ion or of any St at e or of any lo ca l or oth er au thor ity wi thin the te rr ito ry
of Indi a or under th e c ont rol of th e Gove rn me nt of India or of any
c orpo ra tion owne d or con tro lle d by the Gov ern me nt .
(2) A la w ma de unde r cl au se (1 ) m ay
( a) provid e fo r th e es ta bl ish me nt of an ad mi nis tr at ive tr ibuna l for
th e Union and a se pa ra te adm ini st ra tiv e tribun al fo r ea ch St at e or fo r
t wo or m or e Sta te s;
( b) spe ci fy the jur isd ic tion, pow er s (in clud ing the pow er to punish
fo r con te mp t) a nd autho ri ty whi ch m ay be ex er ci se d by e ac h of th e s aid
t ribuna ls ;
( c ) provid e fo r th e proc edu re (in clud ing provi sion s a s to l im it at ion
a nd ru le s of evid enc e) to be fo llow ed by th e sa id tribun al s;
( d) ex clud e th e ju ris dic tion of al l cou rt s, ex ce pt the ju ri sdi ction of
th e Supre me Cour t under a rti cl e 136, with r es pe ct to the di spute s or
c omp la int s re fe rr ed to in c la us e (1) ;
( e ) provid e fo r th e tr an sf er to ea ch suc h ad min is tr at ive tribun al of
a ny ca se s pend ing be for e any cour t or oth er autho rity im me di at ely
b efo re th e e st ab li shm en t of su ch tribun al a s would hav e be en wi thin the
ju ris dic tion of su ch tr ibuna l if the c au se s of a ct ion on whi ch su ch s uit s
or pro ce ed ings a re b as ed had ar is en af te r su ch es ta bli sh me nt;
( f) r epe al or a me nd any orde r ma de by the Pr es ide nt under c la us e (3)
of a rti cl e 371D ;
( g) cont ain su ch suppl em en ta l, inc ide nta l and cons equ ent ia l
prov is ions (inc luding provis ions as to f ee s) as P arl ia me nt ma y de em
n ec es sa ry fo r the effe ct iv e fun ct ioning of, and for th e spe edy dispo sa l of
c as es by, and the en for ce me nt of th e orde rs of, su ch tr ibuna ls .
(3) The provi sion s of th is a rti cl e sh al l h ave e ff ec t notwi ths tand ing
a nything in any oth er prov is ion of thi s Con st itut ion or in any othe r l aw for
th e tim e be ing in fo rc e.
323B. Tri bu nals fo r ot he r ma tt er s. (1) The app ropr ia te L egi sl atu re
m ay, by la w, provide for the a djudi ca ti on or tr ia l by tribun al s of any
di sput es , com pla int s, or offe nc es with r es pe ct to al l or any of the m at te rs
sp ec if ie d in c la us e (2) wi th re spe ct to wh ich su ch Leg is la tur e ha s po we r to
m ak e la ws .
(2) The ma tt er s r ef er re d to in c lau se (1) ar e th e fo llo wing, na me ly :
( a) levy, a ss es sm en t, col le ct ion and enfo rc em en t of any tax ;

135
137 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( b) for eign ex cha nge , i mpo rt and expor t a cr os s cu sto ms front ie rs ;


( c ) indust ri al and l abour dispu te s;
( d) land re fo rm s by w ay of ac quis it ion by the Sta te of a ny e st at e a s
d efin ed in a rt ic le 31 A or of any right s the re in or th e ext ingui shm en t or
m odif ic at ion of a ny s uch righ ts or by w ay of ce il ing on agr icu ltu ra l l and
or in any othe r w ay ;
( e ) ce il ing on urban prop er ty;
( f) e le ct ions to ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t or the Hou se or e ithe r
Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of a S ta te , but ex clud ing th e ma tt er s r ef er re d to
in ar ti cl e 329 and a rt ic le 329A ;
( g) produ ction , proc ur em en t, s upply and dist ribu tion of food -s tuffs
( inc luding edib le oil se ed s and oil s) and su ch othe r goods a s th e
P re sid ent m ay, by public noti fi ca tion , d ec la re to be e ss en ti al goods for
th e purpos e of this a rt ic le and con tro l of pri ce s of su ch goods;
( h) r ent, its regu la tion a nd con trol and t enan cy i ss ue s in clud ing the
r ight, tit le a nd int er es t of la ndlord s and ten ant s;
( i) offen ce s ag ain st l aw s with re sp ec t to any of the ma tt er s spe ci fi ed
in sub -c lau se s ( a) to ( h) and fe es in r esp ec t of any of thos e ma tt er s;
( j) any m at te r inc iden ta l to any of the m at te rs spe ci fi ed in sub-
c la us es ( a) to ( i) .
(3) A la w ma de unde r cl au se (1 ) m ay
( a) provide fo r the es ta bl ish me nt of a hie ra rc hy of t ribuna ls ;
( b) spe ci fy the jur isd ic tion, pow er s (in clud ing the pow er to punish
fo r con te mp t) a nd autho ri ty whi ch m ay be ex er ci se d by e ac h of th e s aid
t ribuna ls ;
( c ) provid e fo r th e proc edu re (in clud ing provi sion s a s to l im it at ion
a nd ru le s of evid enc e) to be fo llow ed by th e sa id tribun al s;
( d) ex clud e th e ju ris dic tion of al l cou rt s, ex ce pt the ju ri sdi ction of
th e Supr em e Cour t unde r a rti cl e 136, with re sp ec t to a ll or any of th e
m at te rs fa lling w ithin th e ju ri sdi ct ion of th e s ai d t ribun al s;
( e ) provide fo r the tr an sf er to ea ch su ch tr ibuna l of any c as es
p ending be for e a ny cou rt or a ny othe r a uthor ity i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the
e st ab lis hm en t of su ch t ribuna l a s w ould hav e b een with in th e
ju ris dic tion of su ch tr ibuna l if the c au se s of a ct ion on whi ch su ch s uit s
or pro ce ed ings a re b as ed had ar is en af te r su ch es ta bli sh me nt;
( f) cont ain s uch suppl em en ta l, in cid ent al and con se que nti al
prov is ions (in clud ing provis ions a s to fe es ) as the app ropr ia te
L egi sl atu re ma y de em ne ce ss ar y for the e ff ec ti ve fun ct ioning of , and fo r
th e spe edy di spos al of ca se s by, and th e enfo rc em en t of the ord er s of,
su ch tr ibuna ls .
138 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(4) The provi sion s of th is a rti cl e sh al l h ave e ff ec t notwi ths tand ing
a nything in any oth er prov is ion of thi s Con st itut ion or in any othe r l aw for
th e tim e be ing in fo rc e.
Exp lanation . In thi s ar ti cl e, a pprop ri at e Leg is la tur e , in r el at ion to
a ny ma tt er, m ea ns Pa rl ia me nt or, as th e ca se ma y be, a St at e L egi sl atu re
c omp et en t to ma ke l aw s w ith re sp ec t to su ch ma tt er in a cc or dan ce with th e
prov is ions of Pa rt XI .
139 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART XV
ELECTIONS
324. Sup er in te nde nc e, direc ti on and c ont ro l of el ec tio ns to be ves te d
in an Ele ct io n Commi ss io n. (1) Th e sup er int ende nc e, dire ct ion a nd
c ontro l of th e prep ar at ion of th e el ec to ra l roll s for, and th e c onduc t of , a ll
e le ct ion s to P arl ia me nt and to th e L egis la tu re of ev ery Sta te and of
e le ct ion s to th e o ff ic es of P re sid en t a nd Vi ce - P re sid ent he ld und er thi s
Con st itut ion sh all be ve st ed in a Co mm is si on (r ef er re d to in this
Con st itut ion a s th e E le ct ion Co mm is si on ).
(2) Th e El ec tion Com mi ss ion s ha ll c ons is t of th e Chi ef Ele ct ion
Co mm is si one r and su ch numbe r of othe r Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion er s, i f a ny, as
th e Pr es id ent m ay fro m t im e to t im e f ix and the a ppoint me nt of the Chie f
El ec ti on Co mm is si on er and oth er El ec tion Com mi ss io ne rs sh al l, subj ec t to
th e provi sion s of any l aw ma de in tha t beh al f by Pa rli am en t, be m ad e by
th e Pre si den t.
(3) When any othe r Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion er i s so appoin ted th e Ch ie f
El ec ti on Co mm is si on er sh al l a ct a s th e Ch ai rm an of th e E le ct ion
Co mm is si on.
(4) Be for e e ac h g ene ra l e le ct ion to th e Hou se of th e Peop le and to th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of ea ch St at e, a nd b efo re th e f ir st gen er al e le ct ion
a nd the re af te r befo re ea ch bie nnia l e le ct ion to th e L egi sl ativ e Coun ci l of
e ac h Sta te h aving suc h Coun ci l, the Pr es id ent m ay al so appoin t af te r
c onsu lta tion w ith the El ec tion Co mm is si on s uch R egion al Co mm is si one rs
a s he ma y con sid er ne ce ss ar y to as si st th e Ele ct ion Com mi ss ion in the
p er for ma nc e of the func tion s con fe rr ed on th e Co mm is si on by c lau se (1).
(5) Subje ct to the provis ions of any la w m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt , the
c ondit ions of se rvi ce and tenu re of o ffi ce of th e El ec ti on Com mi ss io ne rs
a nd the Reg iona l Co mm is si one rs sh all be su ch a s the P re sid ent ma y by rul e
d ete rm in e:
Provid ed th at the Ch ie f El ec ti on Com mi ss ion er sh al l not be r em ove d
f rom hi s offi ce e xc ept in like m ann er a nd on the lik e grounds a s a Judge of
th e Supre me Cour t and the condi tion s of s er vi ce of th e Ch ie f Ele ct ion
Co mm is si one r sh al l not be va rie d to hi s di sa dvan tag e af te r his
a ppoint me nt:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t any oth er Ele ct ion Co mm is si one r or a R egion al
Co mm is si one r sh al l not be re mov ed fro m o ffi ce exc ep t on the
r ec om me nd at ion of th e Ch ie f Ele ct ion Com mi ss io ne r.
(6) The Pr es ide nt, or the Gov er nor of a Sta te , s ha ll, wh en so requ es te d
by th e El ec tion Co mm is si on, ma ke ava il abl e to the E le ct ion Com mi ss io n or
to a Re giona l Co mm is si one r s uch st aff as ma y be nec es sa ry fo r th e
di sc ha rg e of the fun ct ions con fe rr ed on th e El ec tion Co mm is si on by c lau se
(1 ).
138
140 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

325. No p er son to be ine ligi bl e fo r inc lu sion in, o r to c lai m to be


in cl ude d in a s pe ci al, e le ct or al rol l on g roun ds of re li gio n, ra ce , c as te
o r se x. Th er e sh all be one gen er al el ec tor al ro ll for ev ery t er rito ri al
c ons titu enc y fo r el ec tion to ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t or to th e Hous e or
e ith er Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of a St at e and no p er son s ha ll be ine ligib le
fo r inclu sion in any suc h ro ll or cl ai m to b e in clud ed in a ny s pe ci al
e le ct or al roll fo r any suc h con sti tue ncy on ground s only of re ligion , ra ce ,
c as te , s ex or a ny of th em .
326. E le ct ion s to t he Ho us e of the P eop le and to the L egi sla tiv e
A ss embl ie s of S tat es to b e on th e bas is of adul t su ff rag e. Th e e le ct ions
to the Hou se of th e Peopl e and to the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of e ve ry Sta te
sh al l be on th e ba si s of adul t suffr ag e; th at i s to s ay, eve ry p er son who i s a
c it iz en of India and w ho is not le ss than eigh te en y ea rs of ag e on su ch da te
a s m ay be f ixed in tha t beh al f by or unde r any l aw ma de by the approp ri at e
L egi sl atu re a nd i s not oth er wi se di squa li fi ed under thi s Cons titu tion or any
l aw ma de by the a pprop ri at e L egi sl atu re on th e ground of non-r es ide nc e,
unsoundn es s of m ind, cr im e or co rrupt or ill eg al pr ac ti ce , sha ll be en tit led
to be re gis te re d as a vot er a t any such e le ct ion.
327. Pow er of Par lia me nt to make provi sio n wi th res pe ct to e le ct ion s
to Leg is latu re s. Subj ec t to th e provi sion s of this Cons titu tion,
P ar lia me nt m ay f rom ti me to t im e by l aw m ak e provi sion wi th r es pe ct to al l
m at te rs re la ting to, or in conn ec ti on w ith, e le ct ions to ei the r Hous e of
P ar lia me nt or to the Hou se or e ith er Hou se of th e L egi sl atu re of a St at e
in clud ing the prep ar at ion of el ec tor al roll s, the d eli mi ta tion of
c ons titu enc ie s and a ll othe r ma tt er s ne ce ss ar y fo r s ec ur ing the du e
c ons titu tion of s uch Hou se or Hou se s.
328. Po we r of L egi sla tu re of a Sta te to make p rov is ion wi th re sp ec t to
e le ct ion s to su ch Le gis lat ure. Subj ec t to the provi sion s of th is
Con st itut ion a nd in so fa r as provis ion in th at beh al f i s not m ad e by
P ar lia me nt , th e Le gis la tur e of a St at e m ay fro m ti me to t im e by l aw ma ke
prov is ion wi th re sp ec t to all ma tt er s re la ting to, or in conn ec tion w ith , the
e le ct ion s to th e H ous e or e ith er H ous e of th e Leg is la tur e of the Sta te
in clud ing the prep ar at ion of el ec tor al roll s a nd al l oth er m at te rs n ec es sa ry
fo r se cu ring the due con st itut ion of su ch Hou se or Hou se s.
329. Bar to int er fe ren ce by co ur ts in e le ct ora l ma tt er s.
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion
(a ) the val idity of any la w re la ting to the de li mi ta tion of
c ons titu enc ie s or the al lot me nt of s ea ts to s uch cons ti tuen ci es , m ad e or
purpo rting to be m ad e und er a rt ic le 327 or ar ti cl e 328, s ha ll not b e
c al le d in que st ion in any cou rt;
(b ) no el ec ti on to ei the r Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt or to th e Hous e or
e ith er Hous e of the Leg is la tur e of a Sta te sh al l be c al le d in que st ion
e xc ept by a n el ec ti on pet ition pre se nt ed to su ch a utho rity a nd in su ch
141 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

m ann er as m ay b e provid ed fo r by or unde r any l aw ma de by the


a pprop ria te L egi sl atu re .
329A. [ Spe cial pro vi sion a s to el ec ti ons to Parl iam en t in the cas e of
P ri me Mini st er and Spea ke r. ] Rep . b y th e Cons titu tion (Fo rt y- four th
A me ndm ent ) A ct, 1978, s. 36 (w.e .f . 20-6- 1979).
142 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART XVI
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING
TO CERTAIN CLASSES
330. R es er va tion of se at s for Sc he dul ed Ca st es and S che du le d Tr ib es
in the Hou se of t he Peop le . (1 ) S ea ts sha ll b e re se rv ed in the H ous e of
th e Peopl e for
( a) the Sch edul ed Ca st es ;
( b) th e Sch edul ed Trib es exc ep t th e Sch edul ed Trib es in the
a utonom ous di str ic ts of As sa m; and
( c ) the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in th e autono mou s di st ri ct s of A ss am .
(2) Th e numb er of s ea ts re se rv ed in any St at e or Union t er ri tory fo r th e
S che dule d C as te s or th e S che dule d Trib es unde r cl au se (1 ) s ha ll be ar, a s
n ea rly as ma y b e, the sa me propo rtion to the tot al numb er of s ea ts allo tt ed
to tha t Sta te or Union t er rito ry in th e Hous e of the P eople a s th e popul at ion
of th e S che dule d C as te s in the St at e or Union te rr ito ry or of the S che dule d
Trib es in th e St at e or Union t er rito ry or p art of the St at e or Union te rr ito ry,
a s th e c as e ma y b e, in r es pe ct of whi ch s ea ts a re so r es er ve d, b ea rs to the
tot al popul at ion of th e St at e or Union t er rito ry.
(3) Not with st anding anyth ing cont ai ned in cl aus e (2), the nu mbe r of
s ea ts r es er ve d in the Hous e of the Peop le for th e S chedu led Trib es in th e
a utonom ous di str ic ts of As sa m sha ll be ar to the tot al nu mbe r of s ea ts
a llo tte d to tha t Sta te a propo rtion not le ss th an the popul ation of the
S che dule d Tr ibe s in the s aid au tonomou s dis tr ic ts be ar s to the tot al
popul at ion of th e St at e.
Exp lanation . In this ar ti cl e and in ar ti cl e 332, th e exp re ss ion
popula tion m ea ns th e popula tion a s as ce rt ai ne d at the la st pr ec ed ing
c en sus of wh ich th e r el ev ant figu re s hav e be en publish ed :
Provid ed tha t the re fe re nc e in thi s Exp lanation to the l as t pre ce ding
c en sus of wh ich the r el ev ant figur es hav e b een publi sh ed sh al l, unti l the
r el ev ant figu re s for th e fir st c en sus t ake n a ft er th e yea r 2026 hav e be en
publi sh ed, be con st rued a s a re fe re nc e to the 2001 c en su s.
331. R ep re se nt at io n of t he Ang lo- Ind ian Commu ni ty in the H ou se of
t he Peop le . Not with st anding anyth ing in ar ti cl e 81, th e P re sid ent ma y, i f
h e i s of opinion th at the Ang lo- India n c om mun ity is not ade qua te ly
r ep re se nt ed in th e H ous e of the Peop le , no min at e not m or e than two
m em be rs of tha t c om mun ity to th e Hous e of the Peop le .
332. R es er va tion of se at s for Sc he dul ed Ca st es and S che du le d Tr ib es
in the Le gis lat ive As se mb li es of the Sta te s. (1) S ea ts sha ll be r es er ve d
fo r the Sch edul ed Ca st es and the S chedu le d Tr ibe s, e xc ept th e S che dul ed
Trib es in th e a utonom ous di st ric ts of As sa m, in the Le gis la tiv e As se mb ly of
e ve ry Sta te .

141
143 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(2) Se at s sh al l be r es er ve d a lso for th e au tonom ous di st ri ct s in th e


L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of the St at e of A ss am .
(3) The numb er of s ea ts r es er ve d for the S chedu le d C as te s or the
S che dule d Trib es in th e L egis la tiv e A ss em bl y of any Sta te unde r cl au se (1)
sh al l bea r, a s nea rl y a s ma y be, th e s am e proport ion to th e to ta l nu mbe r of
s ea ts in th e A ss em bl y as th e popula tion of th e Sch edul ed Ca st es in th e
St at e or of the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in the Sta te or pa rt of the St at e, as the
c as e ma y b e, in r es pe ct of whi ch s ea ts a re so r es er ve d, b ea rs to the tota l
popul at ion of th e St at e.
(3A ) No tw ith st anding a nything cont ain ed in c la us e (3 ), unti l th e tak ing
e ff ec t, und er a rt ic le 170, of th e r e- adju st me nt , on the b as is of the fir st
c en sus a ft er th e ye ar 2026, of th e numbe r of se at s in the L egis la tiv e
A ss em bl ie s of the St at es of A runa ch al Pr ad es h, Megh al aya , Mizo ra m and
N ag al and, th e s ea ts whi ch sha ll be r es er ve d fo r the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in th e
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of any su ch Sta te sh al l be,
( a) if al l the se at s in the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of such Sta te in
e xis te nc e on th e d at e of c om ing in to fo rc e of the Con st itut ion ( Fif ty-
s ev enth Am en dm en t) Ac t, 1987 (h er ea ft er in thi s cl au se r ef er re d to a s
th e ex is ting A ss em bl y) a re he ld by me mb er s of the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s, al l
th e se at s ex ce pt one;
( b) in any othe r ca se , su ch numb er of s ea ts a s be ar s to the tota l
nu mbe r of s ea ts , a propo rtion not le ss th an the numb er ( as on the sa id
d ate ) of me mb er s belong ing to the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in the exi sting
A ss em bl y b ea rs to the tot al nu mbe r of s ea ts in th e exi st ing A ss em bl y.
(3B ) Not with st anding any thing cont ai ned in cl aus e (3 ), until the r e-
a djus tm en t, unde r a rt ic le 170, tak es effe ct on th e bas is of the f ir st ce ns us
a ft er the yea r 2026, of the numbe r of se at s in the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of
th e St at e of Tripu ra , the se at s whi ch sh al l be r es er ve d fo r the Sch edul ed
Trib es in th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bly sh al l be, suc h nu mbe r of se at s as bea rs
to the tot al nu mbe r of s ea ts , a propor tion not le ss th an the numb er, as on
th e dat e of c om ing into for ce of th e Con st itut ion ( Sev en ty- se cond
A me nd me nt) Ac t, 1992, of me mb er s belong ing to the Sch edul ed Tr ibe s in
th e L egi sl ativ e A ss em bl y in ex is ten ce on the sa id da te be ar s to th e tot al
nu mbe r of s ea ts in th at As se mb ly.
(4) The numb er of s ea ts r es er ve d for an autono mou s dis tri ct in the
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of the St at e of A ss am sh al l bea r to th e tota l numb er
of s ea ts in th at As se mb ly a propor tion not l es s than th e populat ion of th e
di st ric t be ar s to th e tota l popula tion of th e Sta te .
(5) The con st itue nc ie s for th e s ea ts re se rv ed fo r a ny a utonom ous di str ic t
of As sa m sha ll not com pr is e any ar ea outs ide th at dis tri ct .
(6) No pe rson who i s not a m em be r of a Sch edul ed Tr ibe of any
a utonom ous di str ic t of th e Sta te of As sa m sha ll be e ligib le fo r e le ct ion to
th e Leg is la tive A ss em bl y of th e Sta te f rom a ny c ons titu enc y of th at
di st ric t:
144 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Provid ed tha t for el ec ti ons to the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of th e Sta te of


A ss am , th e rep re se nt at ion of th e Sch edul ed Trib es and non-S chedu led
Trib es in th e c ons titu en ci es in clud ed in th e Bodola nd Ter ri to ria l Ar ea s
D is tr ic t, so notif ied , and e xis ting prior to the cons titu tion of Bodola nd
Ter ri to ri al Ar ea s D is tr ic t, sha ll be m ai nta ine d.
333. Re pres en ta ti on of th e Ang lo- Ind ian co mmun it y in t he Leg is lativ e
A ss embl ie s of t he Sta te s. Not with st anding any thing in a rt ic le 170, the
Gov er nor of a Sta te m ay, if he is of opinion that th e A nglo- Indi an
c om mun ity ne ed s r epr es en ta tion in the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of th e St at e
a nd i s not ad equ at ely r epr es en te d th er ein , no min at e one me mb er of th at
c om mun ity to th e A ss em bl y.
334. Reservation of seats and special representation to cease after sixty years.
Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part, the provisions of this
Constitution relating to
(a) the reservation of seats for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in the
House of the People and in the Legislative Assemblies of the States; and
(b) the representation of the Anglo-Indian community in the House of the People and
in the Legislative Assemblies of the States by nomination,
shall cease to have effect on the expiration of a period of sixty years from the commencement
of this Constitution:
Provided that nothing in this article shall affect any representation in the House of the
People or in the Legislative Assembly of a State until the dissolution of the then existing
House or Assembly, as the case may be.
335. Claims of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to services and posts.The
claims of the members of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall be taken into
consideration, consistently with the maintenance of efficiency of administration, in the
making of appointments to services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or of
a State:
Provided that nothing in this article shall prevent in making of any provision in favour of
the members of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes for relaxation in qualifying
marks in any examination or lowering the standards of evaluation, for reservation in matters
or promotion to any class or classes of services or posts in connection with the affairs of the
Union or of a State.
336. Special provision for Anglo-Indian community in certain services. (1) During
the first two years after the commencement of this Constitution, appointments of members of
the Anglo-Indian community to posts in the railway, customs, postal and telegraph services of
the Union shall be made on the same basis as immediately before the fifteenth day of August,
1947.
During every succeeding period of two years, the number of posts reserved for the
members of the said community in the said services shall, as nearly as possible, be less by ten
per cent. than the numbers so reserved during the immediately preceding period of two years:
Provided that at the end of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution all such
reservations shall cease.
145 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(2) Nothing in clause (1) shall bar the appointment of members of the Anglo-Indian
community to posts other than, or in addition to, those reserved for the community under that
clause if such members are found qualified for appointment on merit as compared with the
members of other communities.
337. Special provision with respect to educational grants for the benefit of Anglo-
Indian community. During the first three financial years after the commencement of this
Constitution, the same grants, if any, shall be made by the Union and by each State for the
benefit of the Anglo-Indian community in respect of education as were made in the financial
year ending on the thirty-first day of March, 1948.
During every succeeding period of three years the grants may be less by ten per cent. than
those for the immediately preceding period of three years :
Provided that at the end of ten years from the commencement of this Constitution such
grants, to the extent to which they are a special concession to the Anglo-Indian community,
shall cease:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t no educ at ion al in st itut ion sha ll be en tit led to
r ec ei ve any gr ant under this ar ti cl e unl es s a t l ea st for ty pe r ce nt . of th e
a nnua l a dm is sion s the re in ar e m ad e ava il abl e to m em be rs of co mm unit ie s
oth er th an th e Anglo -Indi an co mm uni ty.
338. National Commission for Scheduled Castes. (1) There shall be a Commission
for the Scheduled Castes to be known as the National Commission for the Scheduled Castes.
(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made in this behalf by Parliament, the
Commission shall consist of a Chairperson, Vice- Chairperson and three other Members and
the conditions of service and tenure of office of the Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and other
Members so appointed shall be such as the President may by rule determine.
(3) The Cha ir pe rson , Vic e- Ch ai rp er son and othe r Mem be rs of th e
Co mm is si on sha ll be appo inte d by the Pr es id ent by w ar ra nt unde r hi s hand
a nd s ea l.
(4) The Com mi ss io n s ha ll have th e powe r to regu la te it s own proc edu re .
(5) It sh al l b e th e duty of th e Co mm is si on
( a) to inv es tig at e and moni tor a ll ma tt er s r el at ing to th e s af egu ar ds
prov ided for th e S chedu le d Ca st es unde r thi s Con sti tution or unde r any
oth er l aw for the t im e b eing in fo rc e or unde r any ord er of th e
Gov er nm en t a nd to ev alu at e the wo rking of suc h s af eg ua rds ;
( b) to inqui re into sp ec if ic co mpl ai nts wi th re sp ec t to th e
d epriv at ion of r ights a nd s af eg ua rds of the S che dule d C as te s;
( c ) to pa rt ic ipa te and adv is e on th e pl anning pro ce ss of soc io-
e cono mi c dev elop me nt of the S chedu led C as te s a nd to ev alu at e the
prog re ss of th ei r deve lopm en t under th e U nion and any Sta te ;
( d) to pr es en t to the P re sid ent , a nnua lly and at su ch othe r tim es as
th e Co mm is si on m ay d ee m f it, repo rt s upon the work ing of tho se
s af egu ar ds ;
146 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( e ) to m ak e in su ch r epo rt s re co mm en da tion s a s to th e m ea su re s tha t


shou ld be tak en by the Un ion or any St at e for th e e ff ec ti ve
i mpl em en ta tion of thos e sa fe gu ard s and othe r me as ur es for the
pro te ct ion, w el fa re a nd soc io -e cono mi c dev el opm ent of the Sch edul ed
C as te s ; and
( f) to dis cha rg e su ch othe r func tion s in r el at ion to the pro te ct ion,
w el fa re a nd dev elop me nt a nd adv anc em en t of the Sch edul ed C as te s as
th e Pre si den t m ay, subj ec t to th e provis ions of any l aw m ad e by
P ar lia me nt , by rul e spe ci fy.
(6) The Pr es ide nt sha ll c au se a ll su ch repo rt s to be l aid be for e ea ch
Hou se of P ar li am en t a long wi th a m em or an dum exp la ining the a ct ion tak en
or propos ed to b e tak en on th e re co mm en da tion s r el at ing to th e Union and
th e re as ons fo r th e non-a cc ep ta nc e, i f a ny, of any of su ch
r ec om me nd at ions .
(7) Wh er e any suc h re port , or any par t the re of , re la te s to any m at te r w ith
wh ic h any St at e G ove rnm en t i s con ce rn ed, a copy of such repo rt sha ll b e
fo rw ar ded to the Gove rno r of th e Sta te who s ha ll c au se it to b e la id be for e
th e Leg is la tur e of th e Sta te a long wi th a m em or andu m exp la ining the a ct ion
t ake n or propo se d to be tak en on th e re co mm end at ions r el at ing to th e S ta te
a nd the re as ons for th e non- ac ce pt an ce , i f any, of any of suc h
r ec om me nd at ions .
(8) The Com mi ss io n s ha ll, whi le inv es tig at ing a ny m at te r r ef er re d to in
sub -c la us e ( a) or inquir ing into a ny c om pla int r ef er re d to in sub- cl au se ( b)
of cl aus e (5), have al l the powe rs of a civ il c ourt t rying a sui t and in
p art icu la r in r es pe ct of th e fo llo wing ma tt er s, nam el y :
( a) sum mon ing a nd e nfo rc ing the at te ndan ce of a ny p er son f rom any
p art of Indi a and exa mi ning him on oath ;
( b) requ iring th e dis cove ry and produc tion of any docum en t;
( c ) re ce iving ev ide nc e on a ff id avi ts ;
( d) requ is ition ing a ny publ ic r ec ord or copy the reo f fro m any cour t
or o ffi ce ;
( e ) is suing co mm is si ons fo r th e exa mi na tion of wi tne ss es and
do cum ent s;
( f) any oth er ma tt er whi ch the Pr es ide nt ma y, by ru le , d ete rm in e.
(9) Th e Union and ev er y St at e Gov er nm ent sha ll consu lt th e Co mm is si on
on all m aj or poli cy ma tt es a ff ec ti ng S chedu le d C as te s.
(10) In this a rt ic le , re fe re nc es to th e Sch edul ed Ca st es sha ll be con st rue d
a s in clud ing re fe re nc es to suc h othe r ba ck wa rd c la ss es as the Pre si den t
m ay, on re ce ip t of th e r epo rt of a Com mi ss ion appo inte d und er cl au se (1 )
of a rti cl e 340, by orde r spe ci fy and a lso to the Anglo -Ind ian co mm uni ty.
147 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

338A. National Commission for Scheduled Tribes. (1) There shall be a


Commission for the Scheduled Tribes to be known as the National Commission for the
Scheduled Tribes.
(2) Subject to the provisions of any law made in this behalf by Parliament, the
Commission shall consist of a Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and three other Members and
the conditions of service and tenure of office of the Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and other
Members so appointed shall be such as the President by rule determine.
(3) The Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson and other Members of the Commission shall be
appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal.
(4) The Commission shall have the power to regulate its own procedure.
(5) It shall be the duty of the Commission
(a) to investigate and monitor all matters relating to the safeguards provided for
the Scheduled Tribes under this Constitution or under any other law for the time being
in force or under any order of the Government and to evaluate the working of such
safeguards;
(b) to inquire into specific complaints with respect to the deprivation of rights and
safeguards of the Scheduled Tribes;
(c) to participate and advise on the planning process of socio-economic
development of the Scheduled Tribes and to evaluate the progress of their development
under the Union and any State;
(d) to present to the President, annually and at such other times as the Commission
may deem fit, reports upon the working of those safeguards;
(e) to make in such reports recommendation as to the measures that should be
taken by the Union or any State for the effective implementation of those safeguards
and other measures for the protection, welfare and socioeconomic development of the
Scheduled Tribes; and
(f) to discharge such other functions in relation to the protection, welfare and
development and advancement of the Scheduled Tribes as the President may, subject to
the provisions of any law made by Parliament, by rule specify.
(6) The President shall cause all such reports to be laid before each House of Parliament
along with a memorandum explaining the action taken or proposed to be taken on the
recommendations relating to the Union and the reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of
any such recommendations.

(7) Where any such report, or any part thereof, relates to any matter with which any
State Government is concerned, a copy of such report shall be forwarded to the Governor of
the State who shall cause it to be laid before the Legislature of the State along with a
memorandum explaining the action taken or proposed to be taken on the recommendations
relating to the State and the reasons for the non-acceptance, if any, of any of such
recommendations.
(8) The Commission shall, while investigating any matter referred to in sub-clause ( a) or
inquiring into any complaint referred to in sub-clause (b) of clause (5), have all the powers
of a civil court trying a suit and in particular in respect of the following matters, namely:
148 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(a) summoning and enforcing the attendance of any person from any part of India
and examining him on oath;
(b) requiring the discovery and production of any document;
(c) receiving evidence on affidavits;
(d) requisitioning any public record or copy thereof from any court or office;
(e) issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses and documents;
(f) any other matter which the President may, by rule, determine.
(9) The Union and every State Government shall consult the Commission on all major
policy matters affecting Scheduled Tribes.
339. Con trol of th e U nion ov er th e ad mi ni st ra tion of Sch ed ule d A re as
and the we lf are of S che dul ed Tri be s. (1) Th e Pr es ide nt m ay at a ny ti me
a nd sha ll , at the expi ra tion of ten y ea rs fro m th e co mm en ce me nt of this
Con st itut ion by orde r appoin t a Co mm is si on to r epo rt on the ad mi nis tr at ion
of the S che dule d Ar ea s and th e w el fa re of th e S che dule d Trib es in th e
St at es .
The orde r ma y de fine th e com pos ition , po we rs a nd pro ce dur e of the
Co mm is si on and ma y con ta in su ch in cid ent al or anc il la ry prov is ions a s the
P re sid ent m ay con sid er ne ce ss ar y or de si ra ble .
(2) The exe cu tiv e pow er of th e Union sha ll e xt end to th e giving of
di re ct ions to a St at e a s to the dra wing up a nd ex ec ution of sc he me s
sp ec if ie d in th e dir ec ti on to be e ss en ti al for th e w el fa re of the S che dule d
Trib es in th e St at e.
340. Appo int me nt of a Co mmis si on to inv es tiga te th e co ndi tion s of
ba ck war d cl as se s. (1) Th e Pr es ide nt m ay by ord er appoin t a Com mi ss ion
c ons is ting of s uch pe rson s as he thinks fi t to inv es tig at e the cond ition s of
so ci al ly and educ at ion al ly b ack wa rd cl as se s wi thin the t er rito ry of Ind ia
a nd the diffi cul ti es unde r whi ch th ey l abour a nd to m ak e r ec om me nd ation s
a s to the s te ps that should b e ta ken by th e Un ion or any Sta te to re mov e
su ch di ff ic ul tie s and to i mprov e th ei r cond ition and a s to th e gr ant s th at
shou ld be ma de for th e purpo se by the U nion or a ny St at e and the
c ondit ions s ubje ct to wh ich suc h gra nts should be m ad e, a nd the orde r
a ppoint ing suc h Com mi ss io n sh all def ine the proc edu re to be fo llow ed by
th e Com mi ss ion .
(2) A Com mi ss ion so appo inte d s ha ll inve st iga te th e ma tt er s re fe rr ed to
th em a nd pr es en t to th e Pre si den t a r epo rt se tt ing out th e f ac ts as found by
th em a nd m ak ing suc h r ec om me nd at ions a s they think prope r.
(3) The Pr es ide nt sha ll c au se a c opy of th e r epo rt so pre se nt ed toge the r
w ith a me mo ra ndu m expl ain ing th e ac tion t aken th er eon to b e l aid be for e
e ac h Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt.
341. S ch edu le d C as te s. (1 ) Th e P re sid en t m ay w ith re sp ec t to a ny
St at e or Union t er ri tory, and wh er e it i s a St at e, af te r c onsu lta tion with the
Gov er nor th er eo f, by publi c noti fi ca tion , sp ec ify the c as te s, r ac es or trib es
149 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

or pa rt s of or group s w ith in c as te s, ra ce s or t ribe s wh ich sh al l fo r the


purpo se s of thi s Con st itut ion be dee me d to b e S che dul ed Ca st es in r el at ion
to tha t Sta te or Union t er rito ry, a s the c as e m ay be .
(2) Pa rli am en t m ay by l aw inc lude in or ex clud e f rom the lis t of
S che dule d C as te s sp ec if ie d in a noti fi ca tion i ssu ed unde r c la us e (1) any
c as te , r ac e or trib e or par t of or group wi thin any ca st e, r ac e or t ribe , but
s av e a s a fo re sa id a noti fic at ion i ssu ed und er th e s ai d cl au se sha ll not be
v ari ed by any sub se quen t notif ic at ion.
342. S ch edu le d Tr ib es . (1 ) Th e P re sid en t m ay w ith re sp ec t to a ny St at e
or Union t er ri tory, and wh er e it is a St at e, af te r con sul ta tion w ith the
Gov er nor the re of , by public noti fi ca tion , s pe ci fy the tr ibe s or trib al
c om mun iti es or pa rt s of or groups with in tr ibe s or trib al com mun iti es
wh ic h sh al l for the purpo se s of this Con st itut ion b e d ee me d to b e
S che dule d Trib es in r el at ion to th at St at e or Union t er ri tory, as the ca se
m ay be .
(2) Parliament may by law include in or exclude from the list of Scheduled Tribes
specified in a notification issued under clause (1) any tribe or tribal community or part of or
group within any tribe or tribal community, but save as aforesaid a notification issued under
the said clause shall not be varied by any subsequent notification.
150 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART XVII
OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
C H A P T E R I.L A N G U A G E O F T H E U N I O N
343. O ff ic ial languag e of the U nion . (1) The offi ci al l angua ge of the
Un ion sha ll be Hind i in D eva nag ar i sc ri pt.
The fo rm of num er al s to be use d fo r the offi ci al purpo se s of the Un ion
sh al l be the int ern at iona l for m of Ind ia n nu me ra ls .
(2) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in cl au se (1 ), for a pe riod of fi fte en ye ar s
f rom th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution, th e Engli sh l angu age sh al l
c ontinu e to b e use d for al l the offi ci al purpos es of th e Union for w hic h it
w as being us ed im me di at ely be for e su ch com me nc em en t:
Provid ed th at the P re sid ent ma y, dur ing the sa id p eriod , by orde r
a uthor is e th e us e of the H indi langu age in add ition to the Eng lis h langu ag e
a nd of th e De va nag ar i fo rm of num er al s in addi tion to th e int ern at iona l
fo rm of Indi an num er al s fo r a ny of th e o ff ic ia l purpos es of th e Union.
(3) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s ar tic le , Pa rli am en t ma y by la w
prov ide fo r th e use , af te r the s aid pe riod of fif te en ye ar s, of
( a) the Engli sh langu ag e, or
( b) the De va nag ar i for m of nu me ra ls ,
fo r such purpo se s a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in th e la w.
344. Co mmis si on and Co mmit te e of Par liamen t on off ic ial languag e.
(1) Th e Pr es ide nt sh al l, a t th e exp ir at ion of fiv e y ea rs fro m th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution and th er ea ft er at the expi ra tion of ten
y ea rs f rom su ch co mm en ce me nt , by ord er c ons titu te a Co mm is si on w hic h
sh al l con si st of a Ch ai rm an and su ch oth er me mb er s re pr es en ting th e
di ff er en t l angua ge s sp ec if ie d in th e Eigh th Sch edul e a s the P re sid ent ma y
a ppoint, and th e orde r sha ll de fine th e proc edu re to be fol low ed by the
Co mm is si on.
(2) It sh al l be th e duty of the Co mm is si on to m ak e re co mm end at ions to
th e Pre si den t a s to
( a) th e progr es si ve use of th e H indi l anguag e fo r th e o ffi ci al
purpo se s of the Un ion;
151 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( b) r es tr ic tion s on the use of the Engli sh l angua ge for a ll or any of


th e offi ci al purpos es of the Union ;
( c ) th e langu ag e to b e use d for al l or any of the purpos es m ent ione d
in ar ti cl e 348;
( d) the for m of num er al s to b e u sed fo r a ny on e or mo re s pe ci fi ed
purpo se s of the Un ion;
( e ) any othe r ma tt er r ef er re d to th e Co mm is si on by the Pre si den t as
r eg ard s the o ffi ci al l angua ge of the Un ion and the langu ag e for
c om mun ic at ion b et we en the Un ion and a Sta te or be tw ee n on e S ta te and
a nothe r and the ir us e.
149
(3) In ma king the ir r ec om me nd ation s unde r c la us e (2) , th e Com mi ss ion
sh al l hav e du e re ga rd to th e indu str ia l, c ultu ra l and sc ie nti fi c adv an ce me nt
of India , and the ju st cl ai ms and th e int er es ts of per son s be longing to th e
non- Hind i s pe aking a re as in r eg ard to the publi c se rvi ce s.
(4) The re sh al l be cons titu te d a Co mm it te e con si st ing of thi rty m em be rs ,
of who m tw enty sh al l b e m em be rs of the Hou se of th e Peopl e and ten sh al l
b e m em be rs of the Counc il of Sta te s to be el ec te d re sp ec tiv ely by th e
m em be rs of the Hou se of th e P eopl e and the m em be rs of th e Counc il of
St at es in a cc ord an ce w ith th e s ys te m of proport iona l rep re se nt at ion by
m ea ns of th e singl e tr an sf er ab le vot e.
(5) It sh al l b e th e duty of th e Co mm it te e to ex am in e the
r ec om me nd at ions of the Com mi ss ion cons titu te d unde r cl au se (1) and to
r epo rt to th e Pre si den t th ei r opinion th er eon .
(6) Not with st anding anyth ing in ar ti cl e 343, th e P re sid ent ma y, a ft er
c ons ide ra tion of the repo rt r ef er re d to in cl aus e (5), is sue dir ec tion s in
a cc or dan ce with th e w hole or any pa rt of tha t r epo rt.
C H A P T E R I I. R E G I O N A L L A N G U A G E S
345. Of fi ci al languag e o r language s of a Stat e. Subje ct to th e
prov is ions of ar ti cl es 346 and 347, th e L egis la tu re of a St at e m ay by la w
a dopt any one or m or e of th e langu ag es in us e in th e S ta te or Hind i a s th e
l angua ge or langu ag es to be u sed for a ll or any of the o ff ic ia l purpo se s of
th at St at e:
Provid ed th at , until the L egi sl atu re of th e St at e oth er wi se provid es by
l aw, th e Engli sh l angua ge sha ll continu e to be us ed fo r thos e o ff ic ia l
purpo se s w ithin th e St at e fo r wh ic h it w as being us ed im me di at ely be for e
th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion.
346. O ff ic ial languag e for co mmun ic at ion be tw ee n one Sta te and
ano the r or b et we en a Stat e and the U nion . Th e langu age fo r the ti me
b eing autho ri sed fo r u se in the Un ion fo r offic ia l purpos es sha ll be th e
o ff ic ia l l anguag e fo r co mm uni ca ti on bet we en one St at e and ano the r St at e
a nd b etw ee n a Sta te a nd th e Union :
152 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Provid ed th at if t wo or mo re St at es ag re e th at th e H indi l angua ge should


b e the offi ci al l angu age for com mun ic at ion be tw ee n su ch St at es , th at
l angua ge m ay be us ed for su ch com mun ic at ion.
347. Spe ci al p rov is ion rel at ing to language spo ke n by a se ct ion of th e
pop ulat ion of a Sta te . On a de ma nd b eing m ad e in th at b eha lf the
P re sid ent ma y, i f he i s s at is fi ed th at a sub st anti al propor tion of th e
popul at ion of a Sta te des ir e th e us e of any l angua ge spoken by th em to be
r ec ogni se d by that St at e, dir ec t th at suc h l angua ge sh al l al so be offic ia lly
r ec ogni se d th roughout tha t St at e or any pa rt the reo f for su ch purpos e as h e
m ay sp ec if y.
C H A P T E R I II. L A N G U A G E O F T H E S U P R E M E C O U RT ,
H I G H C O U RT S , E T C .
348. La nguage to b e u se d i n t he Sup re me Cou rt and in th e Hig h
Co ur ts and fo r A ct s, Bi ll s, et c. (1) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in the
fo re going provi sion s of this Pa rt, until P ar lia me nt by la w oth er wi se
prov ide s
( a) all pro ce ed ings in the Supr em e Cou rt and in eve ry High Cou rt,
( b) the autho ri ta tiv e text s
( i) of al l Bi lls to be in trodu ce d or a me ndm en ts the re to to b e
m oved in ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t or in th e H ous e or eith er
Hou se of th e Leg is la tur e of a S ta te ,
( ii) of al l A ct s pa ss ed by P ar lia me nt or th e L egi sl atu re of a
St at e and of al l O rdin an ce s pro mulg at ed by th e P re sid ent or the
Gov er nor of a Sta te , and
( iii ) of a ll orde rs , rul es , regu la tion s and bye- la ws i ss ued unde r
thi s Con st itut ion or unde r any la w m ad e by P arl ia me nt or the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e,
sha ll be in th e Engli sh langu ag e.
(2) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in sub -c lau se ( a) of cl au se (1 ), the
Gov er nor of a Sta te m ay, with th e pr ev ious con se nt of th e Pr es ide nt,
a uthor is e th e us e of the H indi langu age , or a ny othe r l angua ge used for a ny
o ff ic ia l purpos es of th e Sta te , in pro ce ed ings in the High Cou rt having it s
pr inc ipa l se at in tha t Sta te :
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l a pply to a ny judg me nt, de cr ee
or ord er pa ss ed or ma de by suc h H igh Court .
(3) Not with st anding anyth ing in sub -c lau se ( b) of c la us e (1 ), wh er e the
L egi sl atu re of a St at e has pr es cr ib ed any langu ag e othe r than the Engl ish
l angua ge for u se in Bil ls introdu ce d in, or A ct s pas se d by, th e L egis la tu re
of th e St at e or in O rdin an ce s pro mulg at ed by th e G ove rnor of the St at e or
in any orde r, rul e, r egul at ion or bye -l aw r ef er re d to in pa ra gr aph ( iii ) of
th at sub -c lau se , a tr ans la tion of the s am e in th e Eng lis h l angua ge publi she d
und er th e au thor ity of th e Gov er nor of the S ta te in the Offi ci al G az et te of
153 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

th at St at e sha ll be de em ed to be the au thor ita tiv e tex t the reo f in th e


Engl ish l angua ge unde r this a rt ic le .
349. Spe ci al p ro ce du re for e nac tmen t of ce rt ai n la ws rel at ing to
lang uage . Dur ing the pe riod of f if te en ye ar s fro m the co mm en ce me nt of
thi s Con st itut ion, no Bi ll or a me nd me nt m ak ing provi sion for th e l angua ge
to be us ed for any of the purpos es me ntion ed in cl aus e (1 ) of a rti cl e 348
sh al l be introdu ce d or m oved in ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t wi thout the
pr eviou s s an ct ion of th e Pr es ide nt, and th e Pr es ide nt sh al l not giv e his
s an ct ion to the introdu ct ion of a ny su ch Bi ll or the m oving of any su ch
a me nd me nt e xc ept af te r he has tak en in to con sid er at ion th e
r ec om me nd at ions of the Co mm is si on cons titu te d und er cl au se (1 ) of a rt ic le
344 and the r epo rt of th e Co mm it te e cons ti tute d unde r cl au se (4) of tha t
a rt ic le .
C H A P T E R I V. S P E C I A L D I R E C T I V E S
350. Languag e to be u se d in rep res e nt at ion s fo r re d re s s of
g rie vanc es . Ev ery pe rs on sh al l be ent itl ed to sub mi t a rep re se nt at ion for
th e red re ss of a ny gr ie van ce to any o ff ic er or au thori ty of th e Union or a
St at e in any of th e l anguag es us ed in th e Un ion or in th e St at e, as the ca se
m ay be .
350A. Fa ci li tie s for in st ru ct ion i n mo th er- tongu e at p ri ma ry s tage .
I t sh all be th e end ea vour of ev ery Sta te and of e ve ry lo ca l au thor ity w ithin
th e St at e to prov ide ade qua te fa ci li tie s for in st ruc tion in th e m othe r- tongue
a t th e pri ma ry st age of edu ca ti on to chi ldr en b elonging to lingui sti c
m inor ity groups ; and the Pr es ide nt ma y is sue su ch dir ec tion s to a ny S ta te
a s he con sid er s ne ce ss ar y or prope r for se cu ring th e provis ion of s uch
f ac il iti es .
350B. Sp ec ial Of fi ce r fo r ling ui st ic mi nor it ie s. (1) Th er e sh al l be a
Sp ec ia l Offi ce r for lingui st ic m inor iti es to be appo inte d by the Pr es id ent.
(2) It sh al l b e th e duty of th e Sp ec ia l Offi ce r to inv es tig at e al l m at te rs
r el at ing to th e s af eg ua rds prov ided fo r l inguis ti c mino ri tie s unde r this
Con st itut ion and r epo rt to th e Pr es id ent upon tho se ma tt er s at s uch
int er va ls a s the Pr es id ent m ay dir ec t, and th e P re sid ent sh al l ca us e al l s uch
r epo rts to be la id befo re e ac h Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt, and s ent to the
Gov er nm en ts of the St at es c onc er ned .
351. Di re ct iv e for dev elop me nt of t he Hi ndi lang uage . I t sh all be th e
duty of the U nion to pro mot e th e sp re ad of the Hind i langu ag e, to deve lop
it so th at it ma y s erv e a s a m ed ium of exp re ss ion fo r a ll th e e le me nt s of th e
c ompo si te cul tur e of Ind ia and to s ec ur e i ts enr ich me nt by a ss im il at ing
w ithout inte rf er ing w ith its geniu s, th e fo rm s, sty le and exp re ss ion s us ed in
H indus ta ni and in the othe r langu ag es of Indi a s pe ci fi ed in th e Eigh th
S che dule , and by dr aw ing, whe re ve r n ec es sa ry or de si ra ble , fo r it s
vo cabu la ry, pri ma ri ly on S ansk rit and s ec onda ri ly on othe r langu age s.
154 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PA RT XV II I
EM ER GE NC Y PR OV IS IO NS
352. Proc la ma tion of Emer ge nc y. (1) If th e Pr es id ent i s s at is fi ed th at
a gra ve em erge nc y ex is ts whe re by th e se cu ri ty of Ind ia or of any par t of
th e te rr itory th er eof i s th re at en ed, wh eth er by wa r or ext ern al agg re ss ion or
a rm ed re be llion , he m ay, by Pro cl am at ion, ma ke a de cl ar at ion to that effe ct
in re sp ec t of the whol e of Indi a or of su ch par t of th e te rr itory th er eof a s
m ay be sp ec if ie d in th e P roc la ma ti on.
Exp lanation . A Pro cl am at ion of Em erge nc y de cl ar ing th at th e s ec ur ity
of Indi a or any par t of th e te rri tory th er eof i s th re at en ed by w ar or by
e xte rn al a ggr es si on or by ar me d r eb el lion m ay be m ad e be for e th e a ct ua l
o ccu rr en ce of w ar or of any suc h a ggr es si on or r ebe ll ion, if the Pr es ide nt is
s at is fi ed tha t the re i s i mm in ent dang er th er eo f.
(2) A Proc la ma ti on i ssu ed und er c la us e (1 ) m ay b e va ri ed or r evok ed by
a sub se que nt Proc la ma ti on.
(3) The Pr es ide nt sha ll not is sue a P roc la ma ti on und er cl au se (1 ) or a
P roc la ma ti on va rying su ch P roc la ma ti on unle ss th e de ci sion of the Union
C abin et (th at i s to s ay, the Counc il con si st ing of th e Pr im e Minis te r a nd
oth er Minis te rs of C abin et ra nk appoin ted under ar ti cl e 75) th at suc h a
P roc la ma ti on m ay be i ssu ed ha s bee n c om mun ic at ed to hi m in w ri ting.
(4) Eve ry Pro cl am at ion i ss ued under this ar ti cl e sh al l be laid befo re ea ch
Hou se of P ar li am en t and s ha ll, exc ep t wh er e it is a Pro cl am at ion revok ing
a pr eviou s Pro cl am at ion, c ea se to oper at e at th e expi ra tion of one month
unl es s b efo re the expi ra tion of that per iod it h as bee n app roved by
r es olut ions of both H ous es of P ar lia me nt :
Provid ed tha t if any suc h P roc la ma ti on (no t b eing a Pro cl am at ion
r evoking a pr eviou s Pro cl am at ion ) i s is su ed a t a t im e w hen the H ous e of
th e P eople ha s be en di ss olve d, or th e di sso lution of the Hous e of the
P eopl e t ake s pl ac e during th e pe riod of one m onth r ef er re d to in thi s
c la us e, and if a r es olut ion app roving th e Pro cl am at ion has bee n pa ss ed by
th e Coun ci l of St at es , but no re so lution with re sp ec t to su ch P roc la ma ti on
h as be en pas se d by th e H ous e of th e Peop le be for e the exp ir at ion of th at
p eriod , the Proc la ma ti on sh al l ce as e to op er at e a t th e expi ra tion of thi rty
d ays f rom th e dat e on wh ich the Hous e of the P eopl e f ir st s it s a ft er its
r ec ons titu tion, unle ss be for e th e expi ra tion of the sa id pe riod of thir ty day s
a re so lution a pprov ing the P roc la ma ti on ha s be en a ls o pa ss ed by th e Hou se
of th e P eopl e.
(5) A Proc la ma ti on so a pprov ed sh al l, unl es s r evok ed, c ea se to ope ra te
on th e expi ra tion of a p eriod of six month s f rom the dat e of the p as sing of
th e se cond of the r es olut ions app roving the Pro cl am at ion und er cl au se (4 ):
Provid ed tha t if and so ofte n a s a r eso lution app roving th e c ontinu an ce
in fo rc e of su ch a Proc la ma ti on i s pa ss ed by both Hou se s of P arl ia me nt the
P roc la ma ti on sh all , unle ss r evoke d, con tinu e in fo rc e fo r a furth er pe riod

153
155 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

of six m onths fro m th e d ate on whi ch it would oth er wi se hav e c ea se d to


op er at e under thi s cl au se :
Provid ed fu rth er tha t if th e di sso lution of the Hous e of the Peop le tak es
pl ac e during any su ch pe riod of s ix month s and a re so lution app roving the
c ontinu anc e in for ce of su ch Pro cl am at ion ha s bee n p as se d by the Coun ci l
of St at es but no r es olut ion w ith re sp ec t to the cont inua nc e in fo rc e of su ch
P roc la ma ti on h as be en pa ss ed by th e H ous e of the Peop le dur ing th e sa id
p eriod , the Proc la ma ti on sh al l c ea se to oper at e a t th e exp ir at ion of thi rty
d ays f rom th e dat e on wh ich the Hous e of the P eopl e f ir st s it s a ft er its
r ec ons titu tion unl es s befo re the expi ra tion of the s ai d pe riod of thi rty
d ays, a r es olut ion app roving th e con tinua nc e in for ce of the Proc la ma ti on
h as be en al so pas se d by th e H ous e of th e Peop le .
(6) For th e purpos es of c la us es (4 ) and (5 ), a re so lution ma y be p as se d
by e ithe r H ous e of Pa rli am en t only by a m aj or ity of the to ta l me mb er sh ip
of that Hous e and by a m aj or ity of not l es s than t wo- thi rds of the Me mbe rs
of th at Hous e pr es en t a nd voting .
(7) Not with st anding anyth ing cont ai ned in the fo re going c la us es , th e
P re sid ent sha ll r evok e a Proc la ma ti on i ssu ed und er c la us e (1 ) or a
P roc la ma ti on v arying su ch Pro cl am at ion if th e H ous e of th e Peop le pa ss es
a re so lution di sa pprov ing, or, a s the c as e m ay b e, di sapp roving the
c ontinu anc e in for ce of, suc h P roc la ma ti on.
(8) Wh er e a notic e in wr iting sign ed by not le ss th an one -t enth of the
tot al nu mbe r of m em be rs of the Hou se of th e P eopl e ha s bee n giv en, of
th ei r int ent ion to mov e a re solu tion fo r di sapp roving, or, a s th e c as e ma y
b e, fo r dis app roving th e con tinua nc e in fo rc e of, a Proc la ma ti on i ssu ed
und er cl au se (1 ) or a P roc la ma ti on vary ing s uch Pro cl am at ion ,
( a) to th e Sp ea ke r, if the Hou se is in s es si on; or
( b) to th e P re sid en t, if the Hou se is not in se ss io n,
a sp ec ia l s itt ing of th e H ous e sha ll be he ld w ith in fou rt ee n d ays f rom th e
d ate on whi ch suc h noti ce is re ce iv ed by th e Spe ake r, or, as the ca se m ay
b e, by the Pr es id ent, fo r th e purpos e of con sid er ing such r es olut ion.
(9) The pow er con fe rr ed on th e Pre si den t by this a rt ic le s ha ll inc lude th e
pow er to is sue diffe re nt Proc la ma ti on s on di ff er en t ground s, being w ar or
e xte rn al a ggr es si on or a rm ed reb el lion or im mi nen t dang er of wa r or
e xte rn al agg re ss ion or ar me d reb el lion, wh eth er or not the re i s a
P roc la ma ti on al re ady i ss ued by th e Pr es id ent under cl aus e (1) a nd suc h
P roc la ma ti on is in op er at ion.
* * * * *

353. E ff ec t of Proc la ma tion of Emer ge nc y. Whi le a Pro cl am at io n


of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion, th en
( a) notwi ths tand ing anything in this Con st itut ion, the ex ec utiv e
pow er of th e Union sh al l e xte nd to th e giv ing of dir ec ti ons to any Sta te
156 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

a s to the m ann er in wh ich the e xe cut ive powe r th er eo f is to be


e xe rc is ed ;
( b) the pow er of P arl ia me nt to ma ke l aw s wi th re spe ct to any m at te r
sh al l inc lude pow er to ma ke l aw s con fe rr ing powe rs a nd i mpo sing
duti es , or autho ri sing th e con fe rr ing of po we rs and th e i mpos ition of
duti es , upon th e Union or offi ce rs a nd autho ri tie s of the Union a s
r es pe ct s th at ma tt er, not with st anding that it i s one w hic h is not
e num er at ed in the Un ion L is t:
Provid ed tha t whe re a Proc la ma ti on of Em erge nc y is in op er at ion only
in any pa rt of th e te rr ito ry of Indi a,
( i) the e xe cut ive powe r of the Union to giv e dir ec tion s und er c la us e
( a), and
( ii) th e powe r of Pa rli am en t to m ak e l aw s unde r c la us e (b) ,
sh al l a lso ext end to a ny Sta te othe r th an a St at e in whi ch or in a ny pa rt of
wh ic h the Proc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in op er ation if a nd in so f ar as
th e se cu rity of Indi a or any par t of th e t er ri tory the re of i s th re at en ed by
a ct ivi tie s in or in r el at ion to the par t of th e te rr ito ry of Indi a in whi ch th e
P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in ope ra tion.
354. A ppli ca tion of provi sion s re la ti ng to di st ri bu tion of re ve nu es
w hil e a P ro cla ma tion of Emer ge nc y i s in ope rat ion. (1 ) The P re sid en t
m ay, whi le a P roc la ma ti on of Em erge nc y i s in ope ra tion, by ord er dire ct
th at a ll or any of the prov is ions of ar ti cl es 268 to 279 sha ll for su ch
p eriod , not ex tend ing in any ca se beyond th e e xpi ra tion of th e fin anc ia l
y ea r in wh ich suc h Pro cl am at ion c ea se s to ope ra te , a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in
th e ord er, hav e e ff ec t subj ec t to s uch exc ep tions or mod if ic at ions as he
think s fi t.
(2) Ev ery orde r ma de und er cl au se (1 ) sha ll , a s soon as ma y b e a ft er i t i s
m ad e, be l aid be for e ea ch Hou se of P arl ia me nt .
355. Du ty of th e U nion to prot ec t Sta te s again st ext er na l aggres si on
and in te rna l d is tur ban ce . It sh all be th e duty of the Un ion to prot ec t
e ve ry St at e ag ain st ext ern al aggr es si on and inte rn al di stu rban ce and to
e nsu re th at the gove rnm en t of e ve ry Sta te is ca rr ie d on in a cc or dan ce wi th
th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion.
356. Provi sio ns i n ca se of fai lure of c ons ti tu tiona l ma ch ine ry in
S tat es . (1) I f th e Pre si den t, on re ce ip t of a r epo rt fro m the Gov er nor of a
St at e or othe rw is e, is s at is fi ed that a s itu ation has ar is en in whi ch th e
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te c annot be c ar ri ed on in a cc or dan ce with th e
prov is ions of this Con st itut ion, the Pr es id ent ma y by Pro cl am at ion
(a ) a ss um e to him se lf al l or any of the func tion s of th e Gov er nm ent
of the St at e and a ll or a ny of th e pow er s v es ted in or ex er ci sa bl e by th e
Gov er nor or any body or autho rity in the St at e oth er than th e
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e;
157 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(b ) d ec la re tha t th e pow er s of th e L egi sl atu re of th e Sta te sh al l be


e xe rc is ab le by or unde r the au thori ty of P ar lia me nt ;
( c ) m ak e su ch in cid ent al and con se que nti al provis ions as app ea r to
th e Pre si den t to be ne ce ss ar y or de si rab le fo r giv ing e ff ec t to th e obje ct s
of th e P roc la ma ti on, inc luding provi sion s for su spe nding in who le or in
p art the op er at ion of any provis ions of thi s Cons ti tution re la ting to a ny
body or a uthor ity in th e Sta te :
Provid ed th at nothing in thi s c lau se sh al l au thori se th e Pr es ide nt to
a ss um e to him se lf any of the powe rs ve st ed in or e xe rc is ab le by a H igh
Cou rt, or to su spe nd in whol e or in par t th e ope ra tion of any provi sion of
thi s Cons ti tution re la ting to High Cou rts .
(2) Any suc h P roc la ma ti on ma y b e r evok ed or v ari ed by a sub se que nt
P roc la ma ti on.
(3) Eve ry Pro cl am at ion und er th is ar tic le sh al l be l aid befo re ea ch
Hou se of P ar li am en t and s ha ll, exc ep t wh er e it is a Pro cl am at ion revok ing
a pre vious Pro cl am at ion, ce as e to ope ra te at the expi ra tion of two m onth s
unl es s b efo re the expi ra tion of that per iod it h as bee n app roved by
r es olut ions of both H ous es of P ar lia me nt :
Provid ed tha t if any suc h P roc la ma ti on (no t b eing a Pro cl am at ion
r evoking a pr eviou s Pro cl am at ion ) i s is su ed a t a t im e w hen the H ous e of
th e Peopl e is di sso lved or the di sso lution of the Hou se of the Peop le t ake s
pl ac e during th e per iod of t wo m onth s r ef er re d to in thi s cl au se , a nd i f a
r es olut ion a pprov ing th e Proc la ma ti on has b een pa ss ed by th e Counc il of
St at es , but no re so lution with re sp ec t to su ch P roc la ma ti on ha s be en
p as se d by the H ous e of the P eopl e be for e th e e xpir at ion of th at p er iod, th e
P roc la ma ti on s ha ll ce as e to ope ra te at the exp ir at ion of thi rty day s fro m the
d ate on whi ch the Hou se of th e P eopl e fi rs t s it s af te r its r ec ons titu tion
unl es s be for e the exp ir at ion of th e s ai d p eriod of thi rty days a r es olut ion
a pproving th e P roc la ma ti on has be en al so pa ss ed by th e Hous e of the
P eopl e.
(4) A Proc la ma ti on so approv ed sh all , unl es s r evoke d, ce as e to ope ra te
on th e expi ra tion of a p eriod of six month s f rom the dat e of is sue of the
P roc la ma ti on:
Provid ed tha t if and so ofte n a s a r eso lution app roving th e c ontinu an ce
in for ce of s uch a Pro cl am at ion i s p as se d by both Hous es of P ar lia me nt ,
th e Pro cl am at ion sha ll , unle ss revok ed, cont inue in for ce for a fu rth er
p eriod of six month s f rom the dat e on whi ch unde r thi s c la us e it would
oth er wi se hav e c ea se d to oper at e, but no s uch Proc la ma ti on sh al l in any
c as e r em ai n in fo rc e fo r mo re th an th re e ye ar s:
Provid ed fu rth er tha t if th e di sso lution of the Hous e of the Peop le tak es
pl ac e during any su ch pe riod of s ix month s and a re so lution app roving the
c ontinu anc e in for ce of su ch Pro cl am at ion ha s bee n p as se d by the Coun ci l
of Sta te s, but no r es olu tion w ith r es pe ct to the cont inuan ce in for ce of
su ch P roc la ma ti on ha s be en p as se d by the Hous e of the Peopl e dur ing the
158 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

s ai d pe riod, th e Pro cl am at io n sha ll ce as e to ope ra te at the expi ra tion of


thi rty day s fro m the da te on w hic h th e Hous e of the P eopl e fi rs t s it s af te r
it s re con st itut ion unl es s be for e the exp ir at ion of th e sa id per iod of thi rty
d ays a re so lution app roving the c ontinu anc e in for ce of th e Proc la ma ti on
h as be en al so pas se d by th e H ous e of th e Peop le :
Provid ed a ls o tha t in th e ca se of the Proc la ma ti on i ssu ed und er c la us e
(1 ) on the 11th day of May, 1987 w ith re sp ec t to the Sta te of Punjab , th e
r ef er en ce in th e fi rs t provis o to thi s c la us e to th re e ye ar s sha ll be
c ons tru ed as a r ef er en ce to f ive ye ar s.
(5) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing c onta in ed in c lau se (4), a r es olut ion w ith
r es pe ct to the cont inuan ce in fo rc e of a Pro cl am at io n app roved under
c la us e (3) fo r a ny p eriod beyond th e e xpi ra tion of on e y ea r fro m the da te
of i ssu e of s uch Pro cl am at ion sh al l not be pa ss ed by e ith er H ous e of
P ar lia me nt unl es s
(a ) a P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy is in oper at ion, in th e whol e of
Ind ia or, a s th e c as e ma y be , in the whol e or a ny pa rt of the St at e, at the
ti me of the pa ss ing of su ch re so lution , a nd
(b) the E le ct ion Com mi ss io n ce rt if ie s that the continu an ce in fo rc e of
th e Proc la ma ti on approv ed unde r c la us e (3) dur ing th e per iod s pe ci fi ed
in su ch re solu tion is ne ce ss ar y on a cc ount of diffi cu lti es in holding
g ene ra l el ec tion s to th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bl y of th e Sta te c onc er ned :
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l a pply to th e Proc la ma ti on
i ssu ed und er c la us e (1 ) on the 11th day of May, 1987 with re sp ec t to th e
St at e of Punja b.
357. Exe rc is e of leg is lat ive pow er s un de r P ro cla ma tion is su ed un de r
a rti cl e 356. (1 ) Wh er e by a Proc la ma ti on i ssu ed und er c la us e (1 ) of
a rt ic le 356, it has b een de cl ar ed th at the pow er s of the L egi sl atu re of the
St at e s ha ll b e ex er ci sa bl e by or unde r th e au thori ty of P ar lia me nt , it s ha ll
b e c omp et en t
( a) fo r Pa rli am en t to c onf er on th e P re sid ent the po we r of th e
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e to ma ke l aw s, and to autho ri se th e Pre si den t to
d ele ga te , s ubje ct to su ch condi tion s a s he m ay think fi t to im pos e, the
pow er so c onf er re d to any oth er autho ri ty to be s pe ci fi ed by him in tha t
b eha lf;
( b) for Pa rli am en t, or for th e P re sid en t or oth er autho ri ty in who m
su ch po we r to m ak e l aw s i s ve st ed und er s ub- cl aus e ( a), to m ak e l aw s
c onf er ring pow er s and impo sing duti es , or a utho ris ing the con fe rr ing of
pow er s and th e im pos ition of dutie s, upon the U nion or o ff ic er s and
a uthor iti es the reo f;
( c ) for the Pr es id ent to autho ris e wh en the Hou se of th e Peopl e is
not in s es si on e xpend itur e f rom th e Cons olid at ed Fund of the St at e
p ending the sa nc tion of suc h e xpend itu re by P ar li am en t.
159 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(2) A ny la w m ad e in e xe rc is e of the powe r of the Legi sl at ur e of th e St at e


by P arl ia me nt or the Pre si den t or oth er autho rity re fe rr ed to in sub- cl au se
( a) of c la us e (1 ) wh ich Pa rli am en t or th e Pr es id ent or suc h othe r a uthor ity
wou ld not, but fo r th e i ssu e of a Pro cl am at ion under ar tic le 356, hav e b een
c omp et en t to ma ke s ha ll, a ft er th e P roc la ma ti on has c ea se d to oper at e,
c ontinu e in fo rc e until a lt er ed or rep ea le d or am end ed by a com pe te nt
L egi sl atu re or oth er autho ri ty.
358. Sus pe ns ion of p ro vis ion s of a rti cl e 19 du ri ng emer ge nc ie s. (1 )
Whi le a Pro cl am at io n of E me rg en cy d ec la ring th at the s ec ur ity of Indi a or
a ny p art of the t er rito ry the re of is thr ea te ne d by wa r or by ext er na l
a ggr es sion i s in ope ra tion, nothing in ar ti cl e 19 sh al l r es tr ic t the pow er of
th e St at e a s d ef ined in Pa rt I II to ma ke any l aw or to ta ke any ex ec utiv e
a ct ion whi ch the St at e would but for the provi sion s cont ai ned in tha t P ar t
b e co mpe te nt to m ak e or to tak e, but any l aw so m ad e sh al l, to th e ex te nt
of th e in com pe te ncy, c ea se to hav e effe ct a s soon as th e Proc la ma ti on
c ea se s to op er at e, ex ce pt as re spe ct s thing s done or omi tte d to be done
b efo re th e l aw s o c ea se s to h ave e ff ec t:
Prov ided th at whe re suc h P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy is in ope ra tion
only in a ny pa rt of the t er ri tory of India , any suc h la w m ay be m ad e, or any
su ch ex ec utiv e ac ti on m ay be t aken , und er thi s ar tic le in r el at ion to or in
a ny Sta te or Un ion te rr ito ry in wh ich or in any p art of whi ch th e
P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s not in op er ation , if and in so fa r a s th e
s ec ur ity of India or any par t of th e t er rito ry th er eof is th re at en ed by
a ct ivi tie s in or in r el at ion to the pa rt of the t er rito ry of Ind ia in whi ch the
P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy is in oper at ion.
(2) No thing in c la us e (1) sh al l a pply
( a) to any la w wh ich does not cont ai n a r ec it al to the effe ct tha t
su ch l aw is in re la tion to the P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy in oper at ion
wh en it is m ad e; or
( b) to any exe cu tiv e a ct ion ta ken othe rw is e th an unde r a la w
c onta ining su ch a re ci ta l.
359. Sus pe ns ion of t he en force men t of the rig ht s co nf er re d by Pa rt
I II dur ing emer ge nc ie s. (1 ) Wh er e a Proc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy i s in
op er ation , the Pr es ide nt m ay by ord er dec la re th at th e r ight to m ove any
c ourt fo r th e enfo rc em en t of su ch of th e right s conf er re d by Pa rt I II (e xc ept
a rt ic le s 20 and 21) as ma y b e m en tion ed in th e orde r and al l pro ce ed ings
p ending in any cou rt fo r th e enfo rc em en t of the righ ts so m en tione d s ha ll
r em ai n sus pend ed for th e p eriod dur ing wh ic h th e Proc la ma ti on is in for ce
or fo r su ch sho rte r pe riod as m ay b e sp ec if ie d in th e orde r.
(1A ) Whil e an orde r m ad e und er c la us e (1 ) m ent ioning a ny of th e righ ts
c onf er re d by Pa rt I II ( ex ce pt a rt ic le s 20 and 21) is in oper at ion, noth ing in
th at Pa rt con fe rr ing thos e right s sha ll r es tr ic t th e powe r of the St at e as
d efin ed in th e sa id Pa rt to m ak e any l aw or to t ake a ny e xe cu tive a ct ion
wh ic h th e Sta te wou ld but fo r th e provi sion s c ont ain ed in th at Pa rt be
160 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

c omp et en t to ma ke or to tak e, but any la w so ma de sh al l, to th e ext ent of


th e inco mp et enc y, ce as e to hav e effe ct a s soon as the orde r af or es ai d c ea se s
to ope ra te , e xc ep t a s re sp ec ts things done or om itt ed to b e don e b efo re th e
l aw so c ea se s to h ave e ff ec t:
Provid ed th at whe re a P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy is in op er at ion only in
a ny pa rt of th e t er rito ry of Ind ia , any such la w m ay be m ad e, or any su ch
e xe cut ive a ct ion ma y b e t ak en, unde r thi s ar ti cl e in r el at ion to or in any
St at e or Union te rr ito ry in wh ich or in a ny p art of whi ch the P roc la ma ti on
of Em erge nc y is not in oper at ion, i f and in so fa r a s the s ec ur ity of Indi a or
a ny pa rt of th e t er rito ry th er eo f is thre at en ed by a ct ivi tie s in or in re la tion
to the pa rt of the t er rito ry of Ind ia in whi ch the Pro cl am at ion of Em erge nc y
i s in ope ra tion .
(1B ) Nothing in cl au se (1 A) sh al l a pply
( a) to any la w wh ich does not cont ai n a r ec it al to the effe ct tha t
su ch l aw is in re la tion to the P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy in oper at ion
wh en it is m ad e; or
( b) to any exe cu tiv e a ct ion ta ken othe rw is e th an unde r a la w
c onta ining su ch a re ci ta l.
(2) An orde r ma de a s a for es ai d ma y e xte nd to th e w hole or any pa rt of
th e te rr itory of Indi a:
Provid ed th at whe re a P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy is in op er at ion only in
a pa rt of th e t er rito ry of Ind ia , any such orde r sh al l not ex tend to any oth er
p art of the te rr itory of Indi a unl es s th e P re sid ent , being sa ti sf ie d tha t the
s ec ur ity of India or any par t of th e t er rito ry th er eof is th re at en ed by
a ct ivi tie s in or in r el at ion to the pa rt of the t er rito ry of Ind ia in whi ch the
P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy is in oper at ion, con sid er s suc h e xt ens ion to be
n ec es sa ry.
(3) Ev ery orde r ma de und er cl au se (1 ) sha ll , a s soon as ma y b e a ft er i t i s
m ad e, be l aid be for e ea ch Hou se of P arl ia me nt .
359A. [ Appli cat ion of thi s Pa rt to th e Stat e of Pun jab. ] Rep . by th e
Con st itut ion (S ix ty - third Am end me nt) Ac t, 1989, s. 3 ( w. e. f. 6- 1-1990) .
360. Provi sio ns a s to fi nanc ial emer ge nc y. (1 ) I f the Pre si den t is
s at is fi ed th at a s itua tion has ar is en w he re by the fin anc ia l s tab ili ty or c re dit
of Indi a or of a ny p art of the t er ri tory the re of is thr ea te ne d, he ma y by a
P roc la ma ti on m ak e a de cl ar at ion to th at effe ct .
(2) A Proc la ma ti on is sue d und er cl au se (1 )
( a) ma y b e r evok ed or v ari ed by a sub se que nt Proc la ma ti on;
( b) sha ll be la id befo re e ac h Hous e of Pa rl ia me nt ;
( c ) sh al l ce as e to op er at e a t th e expi ra tion of two month s, unl es s
b efo re th e e xpir at ion of tha t p er iod it ha s be en approv ed by r es olut ions
of both Hous es of P ar li am en t:
161 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Provid ed tha t if any suc h P roc la ma ti on i s is sue d a t a tim e wh en the


Hou se of th e Peop le ha s bee n di ss olve d or th e dis solut ion of th e Hous e of
th e Peopl e ta ke s pla ce during the pe riod of two month s re fe rr ed to in sub-
c la us e ( c ), a nd if a re so lution approv ing the Proc la ma ti on h as b een pas se d
by the Counc il of Sta te s, but no r es olut ion w ith re sp ec t to such
P roc la ma ti on ha s be en p as se d by the H ous e of the P eopl e be for e th e
e xpir at ion of th at p er iod, th e Pro cl am at ion s ha ll c ea se to ope ra te at th e
e xpir at ion of thi rty days fro m th e da te on w hic h the Hous e of the Peop le
f ir st si ts a ft er it s re con st itut ion unl es s be for e the exp ir at ion of th e s ai d
p eriod of thi rty days a r es olut ion a pprov ing th e Proc la ma ti on has b een a lso
p as se d by the Hou se of th e P eopl e.
(3) Du ring the pe riod any su ch Proc la ma ti on as i s me ntion ed in c la us e
(1 ) i s in ope ra tion, the e xe cut ive autho ri ty of th e Union sha ll e xt end to th e
giving of dir ec tion s to a ny St at e to obs er ve suc h ca nons of fin an ci al
prop ri ety a s ma y be s pe ci fi ed in th e di re ct ions , and to th e giving of su ch
oth er dire ct ion s a s th e Pr es id ent m ay dee m ne ce ss ar y a nd ad equa te for the
purpo se .
(4) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s Cons titu tion
( a) any such di re ct ion m ay in clud e
( i ) a provis ion r equi ring th e r educ tion of sa la ri es a nd al low an ce s
of a ll or a ny c la ss of per son s s er ving in conne ct ion wi th th e affa ir s
of a St at e;
( ii ) a provis ion requ ir ing a ll Money Bi ll s or oth er Bi ll s to wh ich
th e provi sion s of ar ti cl e 207 apply to be r es er ve d for the
c ons ide ra tion of the Pr es id ent af te r the y a re pas se d by the
L egi sl atu re of th e St at e;
( b) it s ha ll be co mpe te nt for th e P re sid ent dur ing th e per iod a ny
P roc la ma ti on is su ed unde r thi s a rt ic le is in op er at ion to is su e dir ec ti ons
fo r the re duc tion of sa la ri es and allo wa nc es of all or any cl as s of
p er sons s er ving in conn ec ti on w ith the a ff ai rs of the Un ion in clud ing th e
Judg es of th e Supre me Cou rt and the High Cou rt s.
162 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART XIX
MISCELLANEOUS
361. P ro te ct io n of P re si de nt and G ove rno rs and Ra jp ramuk hs . (1 )
Th e Pre si den t, or th e Gove rno r or R ajp ra mukh of a Sta te , sha ll not be
a ns we ra bl e to a ny cou rt fo r the exe rc is e and p er for ma nc e of the powe rs and
duti es of hi s o ff ic e or for a ny ac t don e or purpo rting to be done by hi m in
th e exe rc is e a nd p er for ma nc e of thos e powe rs and dutie s:
Provid ed tha t the condu ct of the Pr es id ent ma y be brought unde r r evi ew
by any cour t, tr ibuna l or body appo int ed or d es igna ted by e ith er Hous e of
P ar lia me nt fo r the inve st iga tion of a ch arge und er ar ti cl e 61:
Provid ed fur the r tha t noth ing in thi s c la us e sh al l b e c ons tru ed as
r es tr ic ting the r ight of any pe rson to bring a pprop ria te pro ce ed ings aga ins t
th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia or th e G ove rnm en t of a St at e.
(2) No cr im in al proc ee ding s wh at soe ve r sh al l be inst itut ed or cont inued
a ga ins t the Pre si den t, or the G ove rnor of a St at e, in any c ourt during hi s
t er m of offi ce .
(3) No proc es s for the a rr es t or imp ri sonm en t of th e Pre si den t, or th e
Gov er nor of a Sta te , sha ll is su e fro m any cour t during his te rm of o ff ic e.
(4) No ci vil pro ce ed ing s in wh ich re lie f i s c la im ed aga in st th e Pr es id ent,
or th e G ove rnor of a Sta te , sha ll be in sti tute d dur ing hi s te rm of o ff ic e in
a ny cou rt in r es pe ct of any a ct done or purpor ting to b e done by hi m in hi s
p er sona l c ap ac ity, whe th er befo re or a ft er he en te re d upon his o ff ic e as
P re sid ent , or a s Gove rno r of su ch Sta te , until th e e xpir at ion of t wo month s
n ext a ft er notic e in wr iting has be en de live re d to th e Pr es id ent or the
Gov er nor, a s the c as e m ay be , or l ef t a t his offi ce st ating th e natu re of the
pro ce ed ings , the ca us e of ac tion th er ef or, the n am e, de sc ri ption and pl ac e
of r es ide nc e of the pa rty by who m suc h pro ce ed ings a re to be in sti tut ed and
th e re li ef wh ich he c la im s.
361A. P ro te ct io n of pub li cat ion of p ro ce ed in gs of Par lia me nt and
S tat e Leg is latu re s. (1 ) No p er son sha ll be li abl e to a ny pro ce ed ings , civi l
or c ri min al , in any cou rt in r es pe ct of th e publ ic at ion in a ne ws pap er of a
sub st an tia lly tru e re port of any proc ee di ngs of ei the r Hous e of Pa rli am en t
or th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y, or, a s th e c as e ma y b e, ei the r Hous e of the
163 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

L egi sl atu re , of a St at e, unl es s the publi ca ti on i s proved to have b een m ad e


w ith ma li ce :
Provid ed tha t nothing in thi s cl aus e sh al l a pply to th e public at ion of any
r epo rt of th e pro ce ed ings of a s ec re t si tting of ei the r H ous e of P ar li am en t
or th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bl y, or, a s th e c as e ma y b e, ei the r Hous e of the
L egi sl atu re , of a St at e.
(2) Cla us e (1 ) sh al l apply in re la tion to repo rt s or m at te rs bro ad ca st by
m ea ns of w ir el es s te leg ra phy as pa rt161 of any prog ra mm e or s er vi ce provid ed
165
by me an s of a broad ca st ing st at ion as it app li es in re la tion to repo rt s or
m at te rs publis hed in a new sp ape r.
Explanation.In this article, newspaper includes a news agency report containing
material for publication in a newspaper.
361B . D is qual ifi ca tion fo r appoi nt me nt on re mun er at iv e poli ti cal
po st. A m em be r of a Hous e be longing to a ny poli ti ca l par ty who i s
di squa li fi ed fo r being a m em be r of the Hous e und er p ar agr aph 2 of th e
Ten th S chedu le sha ll al so be disqu al ifi ed to hold any r em une ra tiv e poli ti ca l
pos t for dura tion of the pe riod co mm en ci ng f rom the da te of his
di squa li fi ca tion ti ll th e da te on w hic h the te rm of hi s offi ce a s su ch
m em be r would e xpi re or til l the d at e on whi ch h e cont es ts an el ec tion to a
Hou se and is de cl ar ed e le ct ed , w hic hev er i s ea rl ie r.
E xplana tion . - Fo r th e purpos es of thi s ar ti cl e,
(a) th e exp re ss ion Hou se ha s th e me an ing a ss ign ed to it in
c la us e (a ) of par ag raph 1 of th e Ten th Sch edul e;
(b) the e xpr es si on r em un er at ive polit ic al post m ea ns any
o ff ic e
(i ) under th e Gove rn me nt of Ind ia or th e G ove rnm en t of a
St at e wh er e the s al ar y or r em une ra tion for su ch offi ce is paid out
of the publ ic rev enu e of th e Gov er nm ent of Indi a or the
Gov er nm en t of th e S ta te , a s th e c as e ma y b e; or

( ii) unde r a body, wh eth er in corpo ra te d or not, wh ich i s


who lly or par ti ally owne d by the G ove rnm en t of Ind ia or the
Gov er nm en t of th e St at e, a nd the sa la ry or re mun er at ion fo r su ch
o ff ic e is pa id by suc h body,
e xc ept wh er e su ch sa la ry or re mun er at ion paid i s c omp en sa tory in natu re .
362. [Rights and privileges of Rulers of Indian States.] Rep. by the Constitution (Twenty-
sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, s. 2.
363. Bar to interference by courts in disputes arising out of certain treaties,
agreements, etc.(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution but subject to the
provisions of article 143, neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have
jurisdiction in any dispute arising out of any provision of a treaty, agreement, covenant,
engagement, sanad or other similar instrument which was entered into or executed before the
commencement of this Constitution by any Ruler of an Indian State and to which the
164 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Government of the Dominion of India or any of its predecessor Governments was a party and
which has or has been continued in operation after such commencement, or in any dispute in
respect of any right accruing under or any liability or obligation arising out of any of the
provisions of this Constitution relating to any such treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement,
sanad or other similar instrument.

(2) In this article


(a) Indian State means any territory recognised before the commencement of this
Constitution by His Majesty or the Government of the Dominion of India as being such a
State; and
(b) Ruler includes the Prince, Chief or other person recognised before such
commencement by His Majesty or the Government of the Dominion of India as the Ruler
of any Indian State.
363A. Recognition granted to Rulers of Indian States to cease and privy purses to be
abolished.Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution or in any law for the time being in
force
(a) the Prince, Chief or other person who, at any time before the commencement of
the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment) Act, 1971, was recognised by the President
as the Ruler of an Indian State or any person who, at any time before such
commencement, was recognised by the President as the successor of such ruler shall, on
and from such commencement, cease to be recognised as such Ruler or the successor of
such Ruler;
(b) on and from the commencement of the Constitution (Twenty-sixth Amendment)
Act, 1971, privy purse is abolished and all rights, liabilities and obligations in respect of
privy purse are extinguished and accordingly the Ruler or, as the case may be, the
successor of such Ruler, referred to in clause (a) or any other person shall not be paid any
sum as privy purse.
364. Spe ci al p rov is ions as to majo r po rt s and ae ro dromes . (1 )
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, th e P re sid en t m ay by publ ic
noti fi ca tion dir ec t th at a s f rom su ch da te as ma y b e spe ci fi ed in the
noti fi ca tion
( a) any la w ma de by P ar li am en t or by th e Leg is la tur e of a Sta te sh al l
not a pply to a ny ma jo r port or ae rod rom e or sh all apply the re to subj ec t
to su ch exc ep tions or mod if ic at ions a s ma y be spe ci fi ed in the
noti fi ca tion , or
( b) any exi sting la w sh al l c ea se to have effe ct in any m aj or por t or
a er odro me ex ce pt a s re sp ec ts things done or omi tte d to be done be for e
th e s aid dat e, or sha ll in its appl ic at ion to su ch por t or a er odro me hav e
e ff ec t sub je ct to su ch ex ce ption s or modi fi ca tion s a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in
th e notif ic at ion.
165 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(2) In this a rt ic le
( a) m aj or port me an s a port de cl ar ed to be a ma jo r por t by or
und er any la w ma de by Pa rli am en t or a ny e xi sting l aw and in clud es a ll
a re as for th e tim e be ing in clud ed wi thin the li mi ts of su ch port;
( b) ae rod rom e m ea ns a er odro me as de fin ed fo r the purpos es of th e
e na ct me nt s re la ting to ai rw ay s, ai rc ra ft a nd a ir nav iga tion.
365. E ff ec t of fail ure to c omply wi th, o r to giv e ef fe ct to, direc ti on s
giv en by t he Unio n. Whe re any St at e h as fa il ed to co mp ly wi th, or to
giv e e ff ec t to, a ny dir ec tion s giv en in th e ex er ci se of the e xe cut ive powe r
of th e U nion under any of the prov is ions of this Con st itut ion, it sha ll be
l aw ful fo r th e Pre si den t to hold tha t a s itu at ion h as a ri se n in whi ch the
Gov er nm en t of th e St at e c annot be c ar ri ed on in a cc or dan ce w ith th e
prov is ions of this Con st itut ion.
366. De fi ni tion s. In this Cons titu tion, unl es s the c ont ext oth er wi se
r equi re s, th e follo wing exp re ss ion s have th e me an ings h er eby re spe ct iv ely
a ss ign ed to th em , tha t i s to s ay
(1 ) ag ric ultu ra l in com e m ea ns ag ri cul tur al in com e as de fin ed fo r
th e purpos es of th e ena ct me nt s re la ting to Indi an inco me - tax ;
(2 ) a n Ang lo- India n m ea ns a p er son whos e fa th er or any of whos e
oth er m al e prog enito rs in the m al e lin e is or wa s of Europ ea n des ce nt
but who is dom ic il ed with in the te rr ito ry of Indi a and is or wa s born
w ithin su ch te rr ito ry of pa re nts h abitu al ly r es id ent th er ein and not
e st ab lis hed th er e for te mpo ra ry purpos es only;
(3 ) a rt ic le m ea ns a n a rt ic le of thi s Cons titu tion;
(4 ) bor row inc lude s th e r ai sing of mon ey by th e gr ant of annu iti es ,
a nd loa n sh al l b e c ons tru ed ac co rding ly;
* * * * *
(5 ) c la us e me an s a cl au se of th e a rt ic le in whi ch the e xpr es sion
o ccu rs ;
(6 ) c orpo ra tion tax me an s any t ax on inco me , so fa r as th at t ax i s
p ayab le by c omp an ie s and is a ta x in the ca se of whi ch th e fol low ing
c ondit ions ar e fu lfi ll ed:
( a) that it i s not ch arge ab le in re sp ec t of agr ic ultu ra l inco me ;
( b) th at no dedu ct ion in re sp ec t of the tax p aid by co mp ani es is ,
by any ena ct me nt s w hic h ma y a pply to th e t ax, au thor is ed to b e
m ad e fro m divid ends p ayab le by th e com pa nie s to individu al s;
( c ) th at no provi sion exi st s fo r tak ing the tax so pa id into
a cc ount in com puting fo r th e purpos es of Ind ian in com e- t ax the
tot al inco me of ind ividua ls re ce iv ing su ch divid end s, or in
c ompu ting th e Indi an in co me - tax p ayab le by, or r efund abl e to , suc h
indiv idua ls ;
(7 ) co rr espond ing Prov inc e , co rr es ponding Ind ian Sta te or
co rr es ponding Sta te m ea ns in c as es of doubt su ch Provin ce , Indi an
166 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

St at e or Sta te a s m ay be det er mi ne d by the Pr es ide nt to b e th e


c or re sponding Prov inc e, th e c or re sponding Ind ian St at e or th e
c or re sponding St at e, as the ca se m ay be, fo r th e pa rti cul ar purpo se in
qu es tion;
(8 ) de bt in clud es a ny l iab ili ty in r esp ec t of any obliga tion to
r ep ay ca pit al su ms by wa y of annu iti es and any liab ili ty under any
gu ar ant ee , and de bt cha rg es sha ll be con st rue d a cc or dingly ;
(9 ) es ta te duty me an s a duty to b e as se ss ed on or by r ef er en ce to
th e prin ci pa l valu e, as ce rt ai ne d in a cc ord an ce wi th su ch rul es a s m ay be
pr es cr ib ed by or und er l aw s m ad e by P ar lia me nt or th e Le gis la tur e of a
St at e re la ting to the duty, of al l prop er ty pa ss ing upon dea th or dee me d,
und er the provi sion s of the sa id la ws , so to p as s;
(10 ) e xis ting la w me an s any la w, O rdin an ce , orde r, bye- la w, ru le
or r egul at ion p as se d or m ad e befo re th e co mm en ce me nt of th is
Con st itut ion by any Leg is la tur e, autho ri ty or pe rs on h aving powe r to
m ak e su ch a la w, Or dina nc e, ord er, by e- la w, rul e or r egu la tion;
(11 ) F ede ra l Cou rt m ea ns the Fed er al Court con st itut ed unde r th e
Gov er nm en t of Indi a Ac t, 1935;
(12 ) goods inc lude s a ll ma te ri al s, c om mod iti es , and ar ti cl es ;
(13 ) gua ra nt ee in clud es any oblig at ion under tak en be for e the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution to ma ke paym en ts in the eve nt of the
pro fit s of an under tak ing fa lling sho rt of a spe ci fi ed am ount ;
(14 ) H igh Court me an s any Cou rt whi ch is de em ed fo r the
purpo se s of thi s Cons ti tution to be a High Cou rt fo r any Sta te and
in clud es
( a) any Court in the t er rito ry of Ind ia con st itut ed or
r ec ons titu te d und er this Con st itut ion a s a H igh Cou rt, and
( b) any othe r Cou rt in the te rr ito ry of Indi a whi ch ma y be
d ec la re d by Pa rli am en t by la w to be a High Cour t fo r al l or any of
th e purpos es of thi s Cons titu tion;
(15 ) Ind ian St at e me an s any te rr ito ry wh ic h th e Gove rn me nt of th e
Do mi nion of Ind ia r ec ogni se d a s su ch a Sta te ;
(16 ) P ar t m ea ns a Pa rt of th is Con sti tution ;
(17 ) pe ns ion m ea ns a p ens ion, whe the r cont ribu tory or not, of any
kind w ha tso ev er paya ble to or in r es pe ct of any per son, a nd inc lude s
r et ir ed pay so paya ble ; a gra tui ty so pay ab le and any su m or sum s so
p ayab le by w ay of the r etu rn, wi th or w ithout int er es t the re on or any
oth er add ition th er eto , of sub sc rip tion s to a provid en t fund ;
(18 ) P roc la ma ti on of E me rg en cy me an s a Pro cl am at ion is su ed
und er cl au se (1 ) of a rt ic le 352;
(19 ) publi c noti fic at ion me an s a noti fic at ion in th e Ga ze tt e of
Ind ia , or, a s the c as e m ay b e, the Offi ci al Ga ze tt e of a St at e;
(20 ) r ai lw ay does not inc lude
167 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( a) a tra mw ay wholly w ithin a mun ic ipa l ar ea , or


( b) any othe r l ine of co mm uni ca tion whol ly situ at e in one Sta te
a nd d ec la re d by Pa rli am en t by la w not to be a r ai lw ay;
* * * * *
(22 ) Rul er m ea ns th e Pr inc e, Chie f or othe r pe rson who, a t any
ti me be for e the co mm en ce me nt of th e Cons titu tion (Twe nt y- six th
A me nd me nt) A ct , 1971, wa s r ec ognis ed by th e Pre si den t as th e Rule r of
a n Ind ian St at e or any per son who, at any ti me befo re s uch
c om me nc em en t, wa s re cogn is ed by the Pr es ide nt a s th e su cc es so r of
su ch Rul er ;
(23 ) S che dule m ea ns a S che dule to thi s Cons titu tion;
(24 ) Sch edul ed C as te s me an s su ch c as te s, r ac es or trib es or p art s
of or groups w ithin su ch ca st es , r ac es or trib es a s a re d ee me d under
a rt ic le 341 to be S chedu led C as te s fo r th e purpos es of thi s Cons ti tution ;
(25 ) Sch edul ed Tr ibe s m ea ns su ch t ribe s or tr iba l co mm unit ie s or
p art s of or groups wi thin su ch t ribe s or tr iba l co mm unit ie s a s ar e
d ee me d under a rt ic le 342 to be Sch edu led Tr ibe s for th e purpo se s of thi s
Con st itut ion;
(26 ) s ec ur iti es in clud es s toc k;
* * * * *
(27 ) sub -c la us e me an s a sub -c lau se of th e cl au se in whi ch the
e xpr es sion oc cu rs ;
(28 ) tax at ion inc lude s th e i mpos it ion of any tax or impo st ,
wh et he r gene ra l or loc al or spe ci al , and t ax sha ll be con st rue d
a cc or dingly ;
(29 ) tax on in com e includ es a tax in the n atur e of an ex ce ss
pro fit s tax ;
(29 A) ta x on the sa le or pur ch as e of goods in clud es
( a) a tax on th e tr an sf er, othe rw is e than in pursu anc e of a
c ontr ac t, of prope rt y in any good s for ca sh, def er re d pay me nt or
oth er va luab le c ons ide ra tion ;
( b) a tax on th e t ra ns fe r of prop er ty in good s ( whe th er a s goods
or in som e othe r for m) involve d in th e ex ec ution of a wo rks
c ontr ac t;
( c ) a tax on th e d eliv er y of goods on hi re -pur ch as e or any
sy st em of paym en t by ins ta lm en ts ;
( d) a tax on th e tr an sf er of the right to use any good s for any
purpo se (w he the r or not for a spe ci fi ed per iod) fo r c as h, d ef er re d
p aym ent or othe r valu abl e con sid er at ion;
( e ) a tax on th e supply of goods by any uninco rpor at ed
a ss oc ia tion or body of pe rson s to a m em be r th er eo f fo r ca sh,
d ef er re d p aym ent or othe r valu abl e con sid er at ion;
168 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( f) a t ax on the s upply, by w ay of or as pa rt of any s er vic e or in


a ny oth er m ann er wh at so eve r, of goods, be ing food or any othe r
a rt ic le for huma n con sum ption or any dr ink (w he the r or not
intox ic at ing) , w he re s uch supp ly or s erv ic e, i s for ca sh , d ef er re d
p aym ent or othe r valu abl e con sid er at ion;
a nd suc h tr an sf er, del ive ry or supply of any goods s ha ll b e de em ed to be
a s al e of thos e goods by the p er son m ak ing the tr an sf er, d eliv er y or
supp ly and a pur cha se of tho se goods by th e pe rson to whom su ch
t ran sf er, del ive ry or s upply is ma de ;
(30) "Un ion t er ri tory" me an s any Un ion t er ri tory sp ec if ie d in the
Fi rs t Sch edul e and inc lude s any othe r te rr itory co mp ri sed w ithin th e
t er ri tory of India but not spe ci fi ed in th at S chedu le .
367. In te rp re ta ti on. (1 ) Un le ss the cont ext othe rw is e r equi re s, the
G en er al C lau se s A ct , 1897, sha ll , s ubje ct to any ad apt at ions and
m odif ic at ions th at m ay be ma de th er ei n und er ar ti cl e 372, a pply for the
int er pr et at ion of thi s Cons titu tion as it a ppli es for the int er pr et at ion of an
A ct of th e L egi sl atu re of th e D om inion of India .
(2) Any re fe re nc e in thi s Con st itut ion to Ac ts or l aw s of, or ma de by,
P ar lia me nt , or to Ac ts or l aw s of, or ma de by, the L egi sl atu re of a Sta te ,
sh al l be cons tru ed as includ ing a re fe re nc e to an Ord inan ce ma de by th e
P re sid ent or, to an Ord inan ce ma de by a G ove rnor, a s the c as e m ay b e.
(3) For th e purpo se s of thi s Cons titu tion fo re ign Sta te m ea ns a ny St at e
oth er th an Ind ia :
Provid ed tha t, subj ec t to th e provi sion s of a ny l aw m ad e by P arl ia me nt ,
th e Pre si den t m ay by orde r dec la re any Sta te not to b e a fo re ign Sta te fo r
su ch purpos es as m ay b e sp ec if ie d in th e orde r.
169 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART XX
AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION
368. Po we r of Pa rl iamen t to amend th e Con st it utio n and p ro ce du re
t he re fo r. (1) Not wi ths tand ing a nything in this Con st itut ion, Pa rli am en t
m ay in exe rc is e of it s c ons titu ent powe r a me nd by w ay of a ddit ion,
v ari at ion or r ep ea l any provis ion of th is Cons titu tion in a cc ord an ce wi th
th e proc edu re l aid down in thi s ar ti cl e.
(2) A n am en dm en t of thi s Con sti tution ma y be initi at ed only by th e
int roduc tion of a Bi ll for the purpo se in ei the r Hou se of Pa rl ia me nt , a nd
wh en the B ill i s p as se d in ea ch H ous e by a m ajo ri ty of th e to ta l
m em be rs hip of tha t Hous e and by a m aj ori ty of not le ss than two -th ird s of
th e m em be rs of th at Hous e pr es en t and voting, i t sha ll be pr es en ted to the
P re sid ent who sh al l giv e his as se nt to the B ill and th er eupon the
Con st itut ion s ha ll st and am en ded in ac co rda nc e wi th th e te rm s of the B ill :
Provid ed tha t if suc h a me nd me nt se ek s to m ak e any ch ang e in
(a) a rti cl e 54, ar tic le 55, a rti cl e 73, ar tic le 162 or ar tic le 241, or
( b) Ch apt er IV of P ar t V, Ch ap te r V of Pa rt V I, or Ch ap te r I of Pa rt
X I, or
(c ) any of the Li st s in th e Sev enth Sch edu le , or
(d) th e r ep re se nt at ion of St at es in Pa rl ia me nt , or
(e ) th e prov is ions of thi s a rt ic le ,
th e a me ndm en t sh al l al so r equ ir e to be ra ti fie d by the L egi sl atu re s of not
l es s tha n on e- hal f of th e S ta te s by r eso lution s to th at e ff ec t pas se d by thos e
L egi sl atu re s b efo re the Bil l ma king prov is ion fo r suc h am en dm en t is
pr es en te d to the Pr es id ent fo r a ss en t.
(3) No thing in a rt ic le 13 s ha ll apply to any am en dm ent m ad e unde r thi s
a rt ic le .
1
[ (4) No am en dm en t of thi s Cons titu tion (in clud ing th e provi sion s of
P ar t I II ) ma de or purpor ting to h ave be en ma de under thi s ar ti cl e whe the r
b efo re or af te r th e co mm en ce me nt of se ct ion 55 of th e Con st itut ion (Fo rty-
s ec ond A me ndm en t) A ct , 1976 sha ll be c al le d in que stion in any c ourt on
a ny ground .
(5) Fo r the re mov al of doubts , it i s he reby dec la re d th at th er e sha ll b e
no lim it at ion w ha tev er on the con st itue nt powe r of Pa rli am en t to a me nd by
w ay of addi tion, v ar ia tion or r ep ea l th e provi sion s of this Cons titu tion
und er this a rt ic le .]

1. Cls. (4) and (5) were ins. in article 368 by s. 55 of the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act, 1976. This section has
been declared invalid by the Supreme Court in Minerva Mills Ltd. and Others Vs. Union of India and Others (1980 ) 2
S.C.C. 591.

168
170 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART XXI
TEMPORARY, TRANSITIONAL AND SPECIAL
PROVISIONS
369. Te mp or ary po we r to Pa rlia me nt to mak e law s wi th re sp ec t to
c er ta in ma tt er s in th e Sta te Li st a s i f t hey w ere ma tt er s in th e
Co nc ur re nt Lis t. No tw ith st anding a nything in this Cons titu tion,
P ar lia me nt sh all , during a pe riod of five ye ar s f rom the co mm en ce me nt of
thi s Con st itut ion, hav e po we r to m ak e l aw s w ith re spe ct to th e fol low ing
m at te rs as i f th ey we re enum er at ed in th e Concu rr ent Li st , n am ely :
( a) tr ad e and com me rc e with in a S ta te in, and th e produ ct ion, supp ly
and di st ribut ion of, c otton and woo lle n tex til es , r aw co tton ( inc luding
ginned co tton and unginned co tton or k apas ), cot ton s ee d, pap er
(in clud ing ne wsp rin t), food- stu ff s (inc luding edibl e oi ls ee ds and oil ),
ca tt le fodde r ( inc luding oil -c ak es and othe r con ce nt ra te s) , co al
(in clud ing c oke and de riv at ive s of c oa l) , i ron, st ee l and mi ca ;
( b) o ff enc es ag ain st la ws with r es pe ct to any of th e ma tt er s
me nt ioned in cl aus e ( a) , ju ris dic tion and pow er s of al l c ourt s ex ce pt the
Supr em e Cou rt wi th r es pe ct to any of thos e ma tt er s, a nd f ee s in re sp ec t
of any of tho se m at te rs but not inc luding fe es tak en in a ny c our t;
but a ny la w m ad e by P ar lia me nt , wh ich Pa rli am en t wou ld not but fo r the
prov is ions of this ar ti cl e h ave bee n co mpe te nt to m ak e, sha ll , to the ext ent
of the in com pe te ncy, ce as e to h ave effe ct on th e exp ir at ion of th e s aid
p eriod , ex ce pt a s r es pe ct s things done or o mit ted to be don e be for e th e
e xpir at ion the reo f.
1
370. Tempo ra ry provi sion s wi th re sp ec t to th e Sta te of Jammu and
K as hmir. (1) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in thi s Cons titu tion,
( a) th e provi sion s of a rt ic le 238 sha ll not apply in r el at ion to th e
St at e of Ja mm u a nd K as hm ir ;
( b) the pow er of Pa rli am en t to m ak e l aw s for the s ai d St at e sh al l b e
li mi te d to
( i) tho se m at te rs in th e U nion Lis t and the Con cur re nt Lis t
wh ic h, in con sul ta tion wi th th e Gove rn me nt of the St at e, a re
d ec la re d by the P re sid en t to co rr es pond to ma tt er s spe ci fi ed in the
In st rum en t of A cc es si on gove rning the a cc es si on of the St at e to th e
Do mi nion of Ind ia as the ma tt er s w ith re spe ct to wh ich the
Do mi nion Leg is la tur e ma y ma ke l aw s for th at Sta te ; and
( ii) such othe r m at te rs in th e sa id L is ts a s, wi th the con cur re nc e
of th e G ove rnm en t of th e Sta te , th e Pr es ide nt ma y by orde r spe ci fy.

________________________________________________________________________________________
1. In exercise of the powers conferred by this article the President, on the recommendation of the Constituent
Assembly of the State of Jammu and Kashmir, declared that, as from the 17 th day of November, 1952, the said art.
370 shall be operative with the modification that for the Explanation in cl. (1) thereof, the following Explanation is
substituted, namely:-
Explanation For the purposes of this article, the Government of the State means the person for the time being
recognised by the President on the recommendation of the Legislative Assembly of the State as the *Sadar-I
Riyasat of Jammu and Kashmir, acting on the advice of the Council of Ministers of the State for the time being in
office..
(Ministry of Law Order No. C.O. 44, dated the 15th November, 1952).
*Now Governor.
169
171 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Exp lanation . For th e purpo se s of thi s a rti cl e, the Gov er nm ent


of the St at e me an s th e pe rs on for the t im e be ing re cogn is ed by th e
P re sid ent as the Mah ar aj a of Ja mm u and Ka sh mi r a ct ing on the advi ce of
th e Coun ci l of Mini st er s fo r th e ti me being in offi ce unde r the Mah ar aj as
P roc la ma ti on d ate d th e fi fth day of M ar ch, 1948;
( c ) the provi sion s of a rt ic le 1 and of th is ar ti cl e sh al l a pply in
r el at ion to th at Sta te ;
( d) such of the oth er provi sion s of this Con st itut ion sh al l apply in
r el at ion to th at Sta te s ubje ct to su ch ex ce ption s and modi fi ca tion s as th e
P re sid ent m ay by ord er sp ec if y:
Provid ed th at no su ch ord er whi ch r el at es to th e m at te rs sp ec if ie d in th e
In st rum en t of A cc es si on of the S ta te re fe rr ed to in pa rag ra ph ( i ) of sub -
c la us e (b) sh al l b e i ss ued ex ce pt in c onsu lt ation w ith the Gov er nm ent of
th e Sta te :
Provid ed fur the r tha t no suc h ord er wh ic h r el at es to m at te rs othe r th an
tho se re fe rr ed to in the la st pre ce ding prov iso sha ll be i ssu ed ex ce pt with
th e conc ur ren ce of th at Gov ern me nt .
(2) I f th e conc ur ren ce of the Gov ern me nt of the St at e re fe rr ed to in
p ar agr aph ( ii) of sub- cl au se ( b) of cl au se (1) or in the se cond provis o to
sub -c la us e ( d) of tha t c la us e be give n b efo re th e Con st itu ent As se mb ly for
th e purpos e of fr am ing the Con sti tution of th e S ta te i s c onven ed, it sh al l
b e pl ac ed be for e su ch A ss em bl y for suc h d ec is ion as i t m ay t ake th er eon.
(3) No tw iths ta nding anyth ing in the fo re going provis ions of thi s ar ti cl e,
th e Pr es id ent m ay, by publi c noti fi ca tion, dec la re th at th is ar tic le sh al l
c ea se to be op er ativ e or sha ll be ope ra tiv e only w ith s uch exc ep tions and
m odif ic at ions a nd f rom s uch da te a s he m ay sp ec ify :
Provid ed th at the r ec om me nd at ion of th e Con sti tuen t As se mb ly of the
St at e re fe rr ed to in cl aus e (2 ) s ha ll be nec es sa ry be for e the Pr es ide nt is sue s
su ch a noti fic at ion.
371. Spe ci al p rov is ion w ith res pe ct to t he Stat es of Maha ra sht ra and
G uja ra t. * * * * *
(2) Not with st anding anyth ing in thi s Con sti tution , the Pre si den t m ay by
ord er ma de wi th re sp ec t to the St at e of Mah ar as ht ra or Guj ar at , prov ide for
a ny sp ec ia l r es pons ibil ity of th e Gove rno r fo r
( a) the es ta bl ish me nt of se pa ra te d eve lopm en t bo ard s for Vid ar bha ,
M ar ath wa da , a nd th e re st of Mah ar as ht ra or, a s th e c as e ma y b e,
S aur as ht ra , Ku tc h a nd th e re st of Guj ar at w ith th e prov is ion th at a r epor t
on the wo rking of ea ch of the se board s wi ll be pla ce d ea ch ye ar b efo re
th e Sta te L egi sl at ive As se mb ly ;
( b) th e equi ta ble al loc at ion of fund s fo r dev elop me nt al expe nditu re
ov er th e s aid ar ea s, sub je ct to the requ ir em en ts of the Sta te as a whol e;
a nd
172 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( c ) an equit ab le ar ra nge me nt prov iding ad equ at e f ac il iti es fo r


t ec hnic al educ at ion and voca tion al t ra ining, and ad equa te opportuni tie s
fo r e mploy me nt in se rvi ce s unde r the cont rol of the S ta te Gove rn me nt,
in re sp ec t of al l th e sa id ar ea s, subj ec t to th e requ ir em en ts of the St at e
a s a whol e.
371A. Spe ci al provi sio n w it h res pe ct to t he Sta te of Naga land. (1 )
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion,
( a) no Ac t of P ar li am en t in r esp ec t of
( i) r elig ious or so ci al pr ac ti ce s of the N ag as ,
( ii) N aga c us tom ar y la w and proc edu re ,
( iii ) adm ini st ra tion of civ il and cr im ina l jus tic e involv ing
d ec is ions a cc ord ing to Na ga c us tom ar y l aw,
( iv ) owne rs hip and tr ans fe r of land and it s re sou rc es ,
sha ll apply to the St at e of Na ga la nd unle ss the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of
Na ga la nd by a re solu tion so dec ide s;
( b) the Gov erno r of N ag al and sha ll hav e sp ec ia l re spon sibi lity w ith
r es pe ct to la w and orde r in th e Sta te of N ag al and for so long a s in his
opinion inte rn al di stu rba nc es oc cur ring in the N ag a H il ls -Tu en sa ng Ar ea
i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the fo rm at ion of tha t Sta te con tinue the re in or in
a ny p art th er eof and in the di sch arge of hi s func tion s in r el at ion th er et o
th e Gov er nor sh al l, a ft er con sul ting th e Counc il of Mini st er s, exe rc is e
hi s individu al judgm en t a s to the ac ti on to be ta ken :
Provid ed th at if any ques tion a ri se s whe the r a ny ma tt er i s or i s not a
m at te r a s re sp ec ts w hic h th e Gove rno r i s under th is sub -c lau se requ ir ed to
a ct in the ex er ci se of hi s indiv idua l judgm en t, th e de ci sion of the Gove rno r
in hi s di sc re ti on sh al l be fin al , a nd th e val idity of anyth ing don e by the
Gov er nor s ha ll not b e ca ll ed in ques tion on th e ground th at h e ought or
ought not to hav e ac te d in th e exe rc is e of hi s indiv idua l judgm ent :
Provid ed fur the r tha t i f th e Pr es ide nt on re ce ip t of a repo rt fro m the
Gov er nor or othe rw is e is s at is fi ed tha t i t i s no longe r nec es sa ry for th e
Gov er nor to have spe ci al r es pons ibil ity w ith r es pe ct to la w a nd orde r in th e
St at e of Na ga land , he m ay by orde r dir ec t th at the G ove rnor sha ll c ea se to
h ave such re spon sibi lity wi th effe ct fro m su ch d at e a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in
th e orde r;
( c ) in m ak ing his re co mm end at ion w ith r es pe ct to any d em and fo r a
gr ant , th e Gove rno r of N ag al and sha ll en sur e tha t any mone y prov ided
by the Gov ern me nt of Indi a out of the Con sol ida ted Fund of India fo r
a ny sp ec if ic se rvi ce or purpo se is inc luded in the de ma nd for a gra nt
r el at ing to th at se rv ic e or purpos e and not in any othe r dem an d;
( d) as f rom su ch da te a s the Gov erno r of N ag al and ma y by publi c
noti fi ca tion in this b eha lf sp ec if y, the re sh al l b e e st ab li she d a r egion al
c ounc il for the Tu ens ang dis tr ic t c ons is ting of thir ty- fiv e me mb er s and
th e Gove rno r sh al l in hi s di sc re ti on m ak e rul es prov iding for
173 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( i) th e c ompo si tion of the re gion al coun ci l a nd th e ma nne r in


wh ic h th e me mb er s of the r egion al coun ci l sha ll be cho se n:
Provided that the Deputy Commissioner of the Tuensang district shall be the
Chairman ex officio of the regional council and the Vice-Chairman of the regional council
shall be elected by the members thereof from amongst themselves;
(ii) the qualifications for being chosen as, and for being, members of the
regional council;
(iii) the term of office of, and the salaries and allowances, if any, to be paid to
members of, the regional council;
(iv) the procedure and conduct of business of the regional council;
(v) the appointment of officers and staff of the regional council and their
conditions of services; and
(vi) any other matter in respect of which it is necessary to make rules for the
constitution and proper functioning of the regional council.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution, for a period of ten years from the date
of the formation of the State of Nagaland or for such further period as the Governor may, on
the recommendation of the regional council, by public notification specify in this behalf,
(a) the administration of the Tuensang district shall be carried on by the Governor;
(b) where any money is provided by the Government of India to the Government of
Nagaland to meet the requirements of the State of Nagaland as a whole, the Governor
shall in his discretion arrange for an equitable allocation of that money between the
Tuensang district and the rest of the State;
(c) no Act of the Legislature of Nagaland shall apply to Tuensang district unless the
Governor, on the recommendation of the regional council, by public notification so directs
and the Governor in giving such direction with respect to any such Act may direct that the
Act shall in its application to the Tuensang district or any part thereof have effect subject
to such exceptions or modifications as the Governor may specify on the recommendation
of the regional council:
Provided that any direction given under this sub-clause may be given so as to have
retrospective effect;
(d) the Governor may make regulations for the peace, progress and good government
of the Tuensang district and any regulations so made may repeal or amend with
retrospective effect, if necessary, any Act of Parliament or any other law which is for the
time being applicable to that district;
(e) (i) one of the members representing the Tuensang district in the Legislative
Assembly of Nagaland shall be appointed Minister for Tuensang affairs by the Governor
on the advice of the Chief Minister and the Chief Minister in tendering his advice shall act
on the recommendation of the majority of the members as aforesaid;
( ii) th e Min is te r for Tuen sa ng affa ir s s ha ll de al wi th, and have di re ct
a cc es s to th e Gove rno r on, al l ma tt er s r el at ing to the Tue ns ang dis tr ic t
but he sh all ke ep the Ch ie f Minis te r info rm ed abou t th e sa me ;
174 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

( f) notwi ths tand ing any thing in th e fo rego ing provi sion s of th is
c la us e, the f ina l de ci sion on a ll ma tt er s r el at ing to th e Tue ns ang di st ric t
sh al l be ma de by th e Gove rno r in hi s di sc re tion ;
( g) in a rt ic le s 54 a nd 55 and cl aus e (4 ) of a rti cl e 80, re fe re nc es to
th e e le ct ed me mb er s of the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of a St at e or to ea ch
su ch me mb er sh all in clud e re fe re nc es to th e me mb er s or m em be r of the
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of Na ga la nd e le ct ed by the re giona l coun cil
e st ab lis hed unde r this a rt ic le ;
( h) in a rt ic le 170
( i ) c lau se (1 ) sha ll , in re la tion to the Leg is la tive As se mb ly of
N ag al and, hav e effe ct a s if for th e word s ix ty , th e word for ty- six
h ad b een sub st itut ed;
( ii ) in th e s ai d c la us e, th e re fe re nc e to dire ct el ec tion f rom
t er ri tori al con st itu enc ie s in the St at e sha ll in clude e le ct ion by th e
m em be rs of the re gion al coun ci l e st ab lis hed unde r this a rt ic le ;
( iii ) in c lau se s (2 ) and (3), r ef er en ce s to te rr ito ria l
c ons titu enc ie s sh al l me an r ef er en ce s to te rr ito ria l con sti tuen ci es in
th e Kohi ma a nd Mokok chung dist ri ct s.
(3) If a ny diffi cu lty a ri se s in giving e ff ec t to any of the for egoing
prov is ions of this a rt ic le , the Pr es ide nt ma y by orde r do any thing
( inc luding any ad apt at ion or mod if ic at ion of any oth er a rti cl e) whi ch
a ppe ar s to him to be nec es sa ry for the purpo se of r em oving tha t di ff ic ul ty:
Provid ed tha t no suc h ord er s ha ll be ma de a ft er th e expi ra tion of thr ee
y ea rs f rom th e dat e of th e for ma ti on of th e St at e of Na ga la nd.
E xplana tion.. In this ar ti cl e, th e Koh im a, Mokokchung a nd Tuen sa ng
di st ric ts sh al l hav e th e sa me me an ings as in the Sta te of N ag al and A ct ,
1962.
371B. Sp ec ial p rov is ion wi th re sp ec t to the S tat e of A ss am.
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, th e P re sid en t m ay, by orde r
m ad e w ith r es pe ct to th e Sta te of A ss am , provid e fo r the cons ti tution a nd
fun ct ions of a co mm it te e of the L egi sl ativ e As se mb ly of the St at e
c ons is ting of m em be rs of tha t A ss em bl y e le ct ed f rom th e trib al a re as
sp ec if ie d in P ar t I of th e t abl e app end ed to pa ra gr aph 20 of th e Sixth
S che dule and s uch numbe r of othe r me mb er s of th at A ss em bl y as m ay b e
sp ec if ie d in th e ord er and fo r the modi fi ca tion s to b e ma de in the rul es of
pro ce dur e of that A ss em bly fo r th e con sti tution and prop er fun ct ioning of
su ch co mm it te e.
371C. Spe ci al provi sio n w it h res pe ct to t he Sta te of Mani pur. (1 )
No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion, th e P re sid en t m ay, by orde r
m ad e w ith r es pe ct to th e Sta te of M anipur, provid e fo r th e con sti tution and
fun ct ions of a co mm it te e of th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bly of the St at e
c ons is ting of m em be rs of tha t As se mb ly e le ct ed fro m th e H ill A re as of tha t
St at e, for th e m odif ic at ions to be m ad e in the ru le s of busin es s of the
175 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Gov er nm en t a nd in the ru le s of proc edu re of the L egi sl ativ e As se mb ly of


th e Sta te a nd fo r any spe ci al r es pons ibil ity of the Gov erno r in ord er to
s ec ur e the prop er fun ct ioning of such co mm it te e.
(2) The Governor shall annually, or whenever so required by the President, make a report
to the President regarding the administration of the Hill Areas in the State of Manipur and the
executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to the State as to the
administration of the said areas.
Explanation.In this article, the expression Hill Areas means such areas as the
President may, by order, declare to be Hill areas.
371D. Special provisions with respect to the State of Andhra Pradesh.(1) The
President may by order made with respect to the State of Andhra Pradesh provide, having
regard to the requirements of the State as a whole, for equitable opportunities and facilities
for the people belonging to different parts of the State, in the matter of public employment
and in the matter of education, and different provisions may be made for various parts of the
State.
(2) An order made under clause (1) may, in particular,
(a) require the State Government to organise any class or classes of posts in a civil
service of, or any class or classes of civil posts under, the State into different local cadres
for different parts of the State and allot in accordance with such principles and procedure
as may be specified in the order the persons holding such posts to the local cadres so
organised;
(b) specify any part or parts of the State which shall be regarded as the local area
(i) for direct recruitment to posts in any local cadre (whether organised in
pursuance of an order under this article or constituted otherwise) under the State
Government;
(ii) for direct recruitment to posts in any cadre under any local authority within the
State; and
(iii) for the purposes of admission to any University within the State or to any other
educational institution which is subject to the control of the State Government;
(c) specify the extent to which, the manner in which and the conditions subject to
which, preference or reservation shall be given or made
(i) in the matter of direct recruitment to posts in any such cadre referred to in
sub-clause (b) as may be specified in this behalf in the order;
(ii) in the matter of admission to any such University or other educational
institution referred to in sub-clause (b) as may be specified in this behalf in the
order,
to or in f avour of ca ndid at es who h ave r es ide d or s tudi ed for any pe riod
sp ec if ie d in th e ord er in the lo ca l a re a in re sp ec t of suc h ca dr e, Univ er si ty
or oth er edu ca tion al in sti tution , a s the c as e m ay b e.
(3) The Pr es ide nt ma y, by ord er, prov ide fo r th e con sti tution of an
Ad mi nis tr at ive Tr ibuna l for th e St at e of Andhr a Pr ade sh to exe rc is e su ch
ju ris dic tion , pow er s and autho rity [in cluding any ju ris dic tion , powe r a nd
176 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

a uthor ity whi ch im me di at el y b efo re th e c om me nc em en t of the Con st itut ion


( Thir ty- se cond A me ndm en t) Ac t, 1973, wa s ex er ci sa bl e by any cou rt (oth er
th an th e Supr em e Cour t) or by a ny tr ibuna l or oth er a utho rity ] as m ay b e
sp ec if ie d in th e orde r with r es pe ct to the fol low ing m at te rs , na me ly :
( a) appo intm en t, a llo tm en t or pro mot ion to su ch c la ss or c la ss es of
pos ts in any c ivi l se rv ic e of the St at e, or to su ch c la ss or c la ss es of c ivil
pos ts under the Sta te , or to su ch c la ss or cl as se s of pos ts under the
c ontro l of any loc al autho rity with in th e Sta te , a s m ay be sp ec if ie d in
th e orde r;
( b) sen ior ity of p er sons a ppoint ed, al lot ted or prom ote d to su ch
c la ss or c la ss es of pos ts in any c ivil se rvi ce of th e St at e, or to su ch
c la ss or c la ss es of c ivil post s unde r the Sta te , or to such cl as s or cl as se s
of post s unde r the cont rol of any lo ca l au thor ity w ithin the St at e, as ma y
b e sp ec if ie d in th e orde r;
( c ) su ch oth er condit ions of se rv ic e of per son s appo inte d, a llot te d or
pro mot ed to such cl as s or cl as se s of po sts in any c ivi l se rv ic e of the
St at e or to suc h cl as s or c la ss es of civ il pos ts under the S ta te or to su ch
c la ss or c la ss es of pos ts und er th e c ontro l of any loc al autho rity with in
th e Sta te , as m ay be sp ec if ie d in the ord er.
(4 ) A n ord er m ad e unde r c la us e (3) m ay
( a) autho ris e th e Ad mi nis tr at ive Tr ibuna l to r ec ei ve
r ep re se nt ation s for th e r ed re ss of gr iev an ce s r el at ing to any ma tt er
w ithin its juri sdi ct ion a s th e Pr es id ent m ay spe ci fy in the ord er and
to m ak e s uch orde rs the re on as th e Adm ini st ra tiv e Tr ibuna l de em s
f it;
( b) con ta in s uch provi sion s wi th r es pe ct to th e po we rs and
a uthor iti es and proc edu re of the A dm ini st ra tiv e Tr ibuna l (in clud ing
prov is ions w ith re sp ec t to th e powe rs of th e Ad mi nis tr at ive Tr ibuna l
to puni sh fo r cont em pt of it se lf ) a s th e Pr es id ent m ay dee m
n ec es sa ry ;
( c ) provid e fo r th e tr an sf er to the A dm ini st ra tiv e Tr ibuna l of
suc h cl as se s of proc ee ding s, b eing pro ce ed ings re la ting to m at te rs
wi thin it s ju ris dic tion and pend ing be for e any cour t (oth er than the
Supr em e Cou rt) or tr ibuna l or oth er au thori ty im me di at ely be for e
the co mm en ce me nt of suc h ord er, as m ay be sp ec if ie d in the ord er ;
( d) con ta in su ch supp le me nt al , inc ide nta l and cons equ ent ia l
provi sion s (inc luding provi sion s as to f ee s and as to li mi ta tion ,
evid en ce or fo r th e appl ic at ion of a ny l aw fo r the ti me b eing in
for ce subj ec t to any ex ce pt ions or modi fi ca tion s) a s th e P re sid ent
ma y dee m ne ce ss ar y.
1
(5 ) Th e O rd er of the Ad min is tr at ive Tr ibuna l fina lly di spos ing of any
c as e sh al l be com e effe ct iv e upon i ts c onf ir ma tion by th e St at e Gov er nm en t
or on th e exp iry of thr ee month s f rom the dat e on wh ich the ord er is ma de ,
wh ic hev er i s ea rl ie r:
177 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Provid ed tha t the Sta te Gove rnm en t ma y, by sp ec ia l orde r ma de in


w ri ting and for r ea so ns to be sp ec if ie d the re in, modi fy or a nnul any orde r
of the Ad mi nis tr at ive Tribun al befo re it b eco me s effe ct iv e and in s uch a
c as e, th e ord er of the A dm ini st ra tiv e Tr ibuna l sh al l hav e e ff ec t only in
su ch mod ifi ed for m or be of no effe ct , a s th e c as e ma y b e.
_______________________________________________
(6) Ev ery sp ec ia l orde r ma de by the Sta te Gove rnm en t under th e prov iso
1. to
In P.clSambamurthy
au se (5 ) and sha ll be vs.
others la State
id, as soon Pradesh
of Andhara a s m ayandbe af (1987)
other te r it1SCC,
is m adp.e,362,bethe
forSupreme
e bothCourt
declared
Hou seclause
s of (5)
th of
e art. 371D
St at e Lalong
egiswith thereproviso
la tu . to be unconstitutional and void.
(7) Th e High Cour t for the St at e sha ll not h ave any pow er s of
sup er int end enc e over the Ad mi nis tr at ive Tribun al and no cou rt (o the r th an
th e Supre me Cour t) or tribun al sh al l exe rc is e a ny ju ri sdi ction , po we r or
a uthor ity in r es pe ct of any m at te r subj ec t to the jur isd ic tion, pow er or
a uthor ity of, or in r el at ion to, th e A dm ini st ra tive Tribun al.
(8) I f th e Pre si den t i s sa ti sf ie d th at the c ontinu ed exi st en ce of th e
Ad mi nis tr at ive Tribun al is not nec es sa ry, the P re sid ent ma y by orde r
a boli sh the Adm ini st ra tiv e Tribun al a nd m ak e su ch provis ions in su ch orde r
a s he ma y de em f it for th e t ran sf er and dispo sa l of c as es pend ing befo re th e
Tribun al i mm ed ia te ly befo re s uch abo lit ion.
(9) No tw iths ta nding any judgm ent , d ec re e or orde r of any cour t, tribun al
or oth er autho ri ty,
( a) no appoin tm en t, posting , pro mo tion or t ra ns fe r of a ny p er son
( i) ma de befo re the 1st d ay of Nov em be r, 1956, to any pos t
und er the Gov er nm ent of, or any loc al a uthor ity wi thin, th e St at e of
Hyd er ab ad as it exi st ed befo re th at da te ; or
( ii) ma de befo re the com me nc em en t of th e Con sti tution (Thi rty -
s ec ond Am end me nt ) A ct , 1973, to any post unde r th e Gove rn me nt
of , or any loc al or othe r au thori ty w ithin, the Sta te of Andhr a
P rad es h; and
( b) no ac tion t ake n or thing done by or be for e any per son re fe rr ed to
in sub -c lau se ( a) ,
sh al l be dee me d to be ill ega l or void or eve r to have b eco me ill ega l or void
m er el y on the ground th at the appo intm en t, post ing, prom otion or tr ans fe r
of su ch per son wa s not ma de in ac co rd anc e w ith any la w, th en in fo rc e,
prov iding for any re qui re me nt as to r es ide nc e wi thin the St at e of
Hyd er ab ad or, as th e ca se ma y be, with in any par t of th e St at e of Andh ra
P rad es h, in r es pe ct of su ch appoin tm en t, posting , pro mo tion or t ran sf er.
(10) The provi sion s of thi s a rt ic le and of any ord er ma de by th e
P re sid ent the reund er sh al l hav e e ff ec t notw ith st anding a nything in any
oth er provi sion of thi s Cons titu tion or in any othe r la w for th e t im e being
in for ce .
371E. E sta bli sh me nt of C en tr al U niv er si ty in A ndh ra P rad es h.
P ar lia me nt ma y by la w prov ide for the e st ab li shm en t of a Univ er si ty in th e
St at e of Andhr a Pra de sh.
178 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

371F. Spe ci al provi sion s wi th re sp ec t to the S tat e of S ikki m.


No tw ith st anding any thing in thi s Cons titu tion,
( a) th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bly of the Sta te of Sikk im sha ll cons is t of
not le ss than thi rty me mb er s;
( b) a s f rom the dat e of c om me nc em en t of th e Cons ti tution ( Thi rty-
s ixth A me ndm en t) A ct , 1975 (he re af te r in thi s a rt ic le re fe rr ed to as the
a ppoint ed day)
( i) the A ss em bl y for Sikki m fo rm ed a s a r es ult of the el ec tion s
h eld in Sikk im in Apr il, 1974 w ith thi rty -t wo m em be rs e le ct ed in
th e sa id el ec tion s (he re in af te r re fe rr ed to as th e si tting m em be rs )
sh al l be dee me d to be th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bly of the Sta te of
Sikk im duly con sti tut ed under thi s Cons titu tion;
( ii) th e s it ting me mb er s sh al l be dee me d to b e th e me mb er s of
th e L egi sl ativ e A ss em bl y of th e St at e of S ikkim duly e le ct ed und er
thi s Cons ti tution ; a nd
( iii ) th e sa id L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of th e St at e of Sikki m sh al l
e xe rc is e th e po we rs and pe rfo rm the func tion s of th e Leg is la tiv e
A ss em bl y of a St at e unde r th is Cons ti tution ;
(c ) in the ca se of the A ss em bly de em ed to be th e L egi sl at ive
A ss em bl y of th e Sta te of Sikki m unde r c la us e ( b) , th e re fe re nc es to th e
p eriod of fiv e yea rs , in c la us e (1) of ar ti cl e 172 sh al l be cons tru ed as
r ef er en ce s to a per iod of fou r ye ar s a nd the sa id pe riod of four y ea rs
sh al l be dee me d to com me nc e f rom the appoin te d d ay;
( d) unti l othe r provi sion s a re m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt by l aw, th er e
sh al l be al lott ed to th e Sta te of Sikki m one s ea t in th e Hous e of the
P eopl e and the St at e of Sikk im s ha ll for m one pa rli am en ta ry
c ons titu enc y to be c al led th e par lia me nt ar y cons ti tuen cy for Sikki m;
( e ) the re pr es en ta tiv e of th e Sta te of Sikki m in the Hou se of th e
P eopl e in ex is te nc e on th e appoin te d day sh al l be el ec te d by the
m em be rs of the Le gis la tiv e As se mb ly of the Sta te of Sikk im ;
( f) P arl ia me nt m ay, fo r the purpos e of prot ec ting th e r ight s a nd
int er es ts of the diffe re nt s ec ti ons of the popul at ion of Sikki m m ak e
prov is ion fo r the numb er of s ea ts in th e L egi sl at ive A ss em bly of the
St at e of Sikki m wh ich ma y be fil led by c and ida te s b elonging to suc h
s ec ti ons and fo r th e del im it ation of the a ss em bl y cons titu en ci es f rom
wh ic h ca ndid at es belong ing to su ch s ec ti ons alon e m ay s ta nd for
e le ct ion to th e Leg is la tiv e A ss em bl y of th e Sta te of Sikki m;
(g) the Governor of Sikkim shall have special responsibility for peace and for an
equitable arrangement for ensuring the social and economic advancement of different
sections of the population of Sikkim and in the discharge of his special responsibility
under this clause, the Governor of Sikkim shall, subject to such directions as the President
may, from time to time, deem fit to issue, act in his discretion;
179 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(h) all property and assets (whether within or outside the territories comprised in the
State of Sikkim) which immediately before the appointed day were vested in the
Government of Sikkim or in any other authority or in any person for the purposes of the
Government of Sikkim shall, as from the appointed day, vest in the Government of the
State of Sikkim;
(i) the High Court functioning as such immediately before the appointed day in the
territories comprised in the State of Sikkim shall, on and from the appointed day, be
deemed to be the High Court for the State of Sikkim;
(j) all courts of civil, criminal and revenue jurisdiction, all authorities and all officers,
judicial, executive and ministerial, throughout the territory of the State of Sikkim shall
continue on and from the appointed day to exercise their respective functions subject to
the provisions of this Constitution;
(k) all laws in force immediately before the appointed day in the territories comprised
in the State of Sikkim or any part thereof shall continue to be in force therein until
amended or repealed by a competent Legislature or other competent authority;
(l) for the purpose of facilitating the application of any such law as is referred to in
clause (k) in relation to the administration of the State of Sikkim and for the purpose of
bringing the provisions of any such law into accord with the provisions of this
Constitution, the President may, within two years from the appointed day, by order, make
such adaptations and modifications of the law, whether by way of repeal or amendment, as
may be necessary or expedient, and thereupon, every such law shall have effect subject to
the adaptations and modifications so made, and any such adaptation or modification shall
not be questioned in any court of law;
(m) neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have jurisdiction in respect
of any dispute or other matter arising out of any treaty, agreement, engagement or other
similar instrument relating to Sikkim which was entered into or executed before the
appointed day and to which the Government of India or any of its predecessor
Governments was a party, but nothing in this clause shall be construed to derogate from
the provisions of article 143;
(n) the President may, by public notification, extend with such restrictions or
modifications as he thinks fit to the State of Sikkim any enactment which is in force in a
State in India at the date of the notification;
(o) if any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the foregoing provisions of this
article, the President may, by order, do anything (including any adaptation or modification
of any other article) which appears to him to be necessary for the purpose of removing
that difficulty:
P rovide d th at no su ch orde r sh al l b e m ad e af te r the e xpiry of two
y ea rs f rom th e appoin ted day ;
(p) all things done and all actions taken in or in relation to the State of Sikkim or the
territories comprised therein during the period commencing on the appointed day and
ending immediately before the date on which the Constitution (Thirty-sixth Amendment)
Act, 1975, receives the assent of the President shall, in so far as they are in conformity
with the provisions of this Constitution as amended by the Constitution (Thirty-sixth
Amendment) Act, 1975, be deemed for all purposes to have been validly done or taken
under this Constitution as so amended.
180 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

371G. Special provision with respect to the State of Mizoram.Notwithstanding


anything in this Constitution,
(a) no Act of Parliament in respect of
(i) religious or social practices of the Mizos,
(ii) Mizo customary law and procedure,
(iii) administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according
to Mizo customary law,
(iv) ownership and transfer of land,
shall apply to the State of Mizoram unless the Legislative Assembly of the State of
Mizoram by a resolution so decides :
Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to any Central Act in force in the
Union territory of Mizoram immediately before the commencement of the Constitution
(Fifty-third Amendment) Act, 1986;
( b) the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of th e Sta te of Mi zor am sha ll con si st
of not le ss th an forty m em be rs .
371H. Special provision with respect to the State of Arunachal Pradesh.
Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution,
(a) the Governor of Arunachal Pradesh shall have special responsibility with respect
to law and order in the State of Arunachal Pradesh and in the discharge of his functions in
relation thereto, the Governor shall, after consulting the Council of Ministers, exercise his
individual judgment as to the action to be taken:
Provided that if any question arises whether any matter is or is not a matter as
respects which the Governor is under this clause required to act in the exercise of his
individual judgment, the decision of the Governor in his discretion shall be final, and the
validity of anything done by the Governor shall not be called in question on the ground
that he ought or ought not to have acted in the exercise of his individual judgment:
Provided further that if the President on receipt of a report from the Governor or
otherwise is satisfied that it is no longer necessary for the Governor to have special
responsibility with respect to law and order in the State of Arunachal Pradesh, he may by
order direct that the Governor shall cease to have such responsibility with effect from such
date as may be specified in the order;
( b) the Leg is la tiv e As se mb ly of th e Sta te of A runa ch al Pr ad esh sh al l
c ons is t of not le ss th an thir ty m em be rs .
371-I . Sp ec ia l p rov is ion wi th re sp ec t to th e Stat e of Goa.
No tw ith st anding a nything in this Cons titu tion, the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of
th e Sta te of Go a sha ll con si st of not l es s th an th irty m em be rs .
372. Co nt inuan ce in fo rc e of exi st ing law s and t he ir adapta tion . (1 )
No tw ith st anding the r ep ea l by thi s Con st itut ion of th e ena ct me nt s r ef er re d
to in a rt ic le 395 but subj ec t to th e oth er provis ions of thi s Con st itut ion, a ll
th e l aw in for ce in th e te rr ito ry of Indi a i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution sha ll c ontinu e in fo rc e the re in unti l
a lt er ed or rep ea le d or am end ed by a com pe te nt L egi sl atu re or othe r
c omp et en t a uthor ity.
181 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

(2) For th e purpos e of brining the provis ions of any la w in fo rc e in th e


t er ri tory of India in to a cc or d w ith the prov is ions of this Con st itut ion, the
P re sid ent m ay by ord er m ak e suc h a dap ta tion s and modi fi ca tion s of s uch
l aw, wh eth er by wa y of r epe al or a me ndm en t, a s ma y be n ec es sa ry or
e xped ien t, and provid e that th e la w sha ll, a s fro m su ch dat e as m ay be
sp ec if ie d in th e ord er, have effe ct subj ec t to the a dap ta tion s and
m odif ic at ions so m ad e, and any suc h ad apt at ion or mod if ic at ion sh al l not
b e qu es tione d in any cou rt of la w.
(3) No thing in c la us e (2) sh al l b e d ee me d
( a) to e mpo we r the Pr es id ent to ma ke any ad ap ta tion or m odi fic at ion
of any l aw a ft er th e e xpi ra tion of th re e ye ar s fro m th e c om me nc em en t of
thi s Cons ti tution ; or
( b) to pr eve nt any com pe te nt L egi sl atu re or othe r c omp et en t
a uthor ity f rom re pe al ing or a me nding any l aw ada pt ed or m odif ie d by
th e Pre si den t und er the s ai d c la us e.
Exp lanation I .Th e exp re ss ion l aw in fo rc e in thi s ar ti cl e sha ll
in clud e a la w pa ss ed or m ad e by a L egi sl atu re or oth er c om pe ten t au thori ty
in th e t er rito ry of Ind ia be for e th e co mm en ce me nt of th is Cons titu tion and
not pre vious ly rep ea le d, not with st anding th at it or p art s of it ma y not be
th en in ope ra tion e ith er a t a ll or in p art ic ula r ar ea s.
Exp lanation I I . Any la w pa ss ed or ma de by a Leg is la tur e or oth er
c omp et en t autho ri ty in the te rr itory of Indi a wh ic h im me di at el y be for e th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution had ex tr a- te rr ito ria l e ff ec t a s w el l a s
e ff ec t in th e t er rito ry of Ind ia sha ll , subj ec t to a ny su ch ad apt at ions and
m odif ic at ions a s a for es ai d, cont iue to hav e such ex tr a- t er rito ri al effe ct .
Exp lanation I II . Nothing in this a rt ic le sh al l be cons tru ed as continu ing
a ny t em por ary l aw in for ce beyond the dat e fix ed for it s expi ra tion or the
d ate on whi ch it would h ave expi red if thi s Con st itut ion had not co me into
fo rc e.
Exp lanation I V. An Ord inan ce prom ulga te d by the Gov erno r of a
P rovinc e unde r se ct ion 88 of the Gov ern me nt of Indi a Ac t, 1935, a nd in
fo rc e i mm ed ia te ly befo re th e com me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion sh all ,
unl es s w ithd ra wn by th e Gov erno r of th e c or re sponding Sta te ea rl ie r, ce as e
to op er at e a t th e expi ra tion of six we ek s f rom the fir st me et ing a ft er su ch
c om me nc em en t of the L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of tha t S ta te fun ct ioning under
c la us e (1 ) of a rt ic le 382, and nothing in this ar ti cl e sh al l be c ons tru ed a s
c ontinu ing a ny su ch Or dina nc e in for ce b eyond th e sa id per iod.
372A. Po we r of t he P re si de nt to adap t la ws . (1) For th e purpo se s of
br inging th e provi sion s of any l aw in for ce in Indi a or in any pa rt th er eo f,
i mm ed ia te ly b efo re the c om me nc em en t of the Cons titu tion ( Sev enth
A me nd me nt) A ct , 1956, into ac co rd wi th th e provis ions of thi s Cons titu tion
a s am en de d by that A ct , th e Pre si den t m ay by orde r ma de be for e the f ir st
d ay of Nov em be r, 1957, m ak e su ch ada pt ation s and mod ifi ca ti ons of the
l aw, wh eth er by wa y of r epe al or a me ndm en t, a s ma y be n ec es sa ry or
182 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

e xped ien t, and provid e that th e la w sha ll, a s fro m su ch dat e as m ay be


sp ec if ie d in th e ord er, have effe ct subj ec t to the a dap ta tion s and
m odif ic at ions so m ad e, and any suc h ad apt at ion or mod if ic at ion sh al l not
b e qu es tione d in any cou rt of la w.
(2) No thing in c la us e (1) sh al l b e d ee me d to pr ev ent a co mp et ent
L egi sl atu re or oth er c omp et en t autho ri ty fro m r ep ea ling or am en ding a ny
l aw a dap ted or mod ifi ed by th e P re sid en t under th e s ai d c la us e.
373. Po we r of P re si de nt to mak e ord er in re sp ec t of pe rs on s unde r
p re ve nt ive de te nt ion in ce rt ain cas es . Unt il prov is ion is ma de by
P ar lia me nt und er cl au se (7 ) of a rt ic le 22, or until the exp ir at ion of one
y ea r fro m the co mm en ce me nt of this Con sti tution , w hic hev er is ea rl ie r, th e
s ai d ar tic le sh al l hav e e ff ec t a s i f for any r ef er en ce to P arl ia me nt in
c la us es (4) and (7 ) the re of the re we re sub st itut ed a re fe re nc e to the
P re sid ent and fo r a ny r ef er en ce to a ny l aw m ad e by P ar lia me nt in thos e
c la us es the re w er e s ubs titu ted a r ef er en ce to an orde r m ad e by th e
P re sid ent .
374. P rov is ion s a s to Judg es of th e Fe de ral Co ur t and p ro ce ed in gs
p end ing in t he F ed er al Cou rt o r be fore H is Maje st y i n Co unc il . (1)
Th e Judg es of th e F ede ra l Cou rt holding offi ce im me di at el y be for e th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution sha ll, unle ss they have el ec te d
oth er wi se , b eco me on su ch co mm en ce me nt th e Judg es of th e Supr em e Cour t
a nd sh al l the reupon be en tit le d to su ch sa la ri es and allo wa nc es and to s uch
r ights in re sp ec t of le av e of a bs enc e and pen sion as ar e provide d for under
a rt ic le 125 in r es pe ct of the Judg es of th e Supre me Cour t.
(2) A ll s uit s, a ppe al s a nd proc ee di ngs, civ il or c ri mi na l, p ending in th e
F ede ra l Cou rt a t th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion s ha ll s tand
r em ove d to the Sup re me Court , a nd th e Supr em e Cou rt sha ll hav e
ju ris dic tion to hea r a nd de te rm ine the sa me , and th e judg me nts and ord er s
of th e F ede ra l Cour t deliv er ed or ma de befo re th e co mm en ce me nt of th is
Con st itut ion sh all have the sa me for ce and e ff ec t a s i f the y had b een
d eliv er ed or ma de by the Supr em e Cou rt.
(3) No thing in thi s Cons titu tion sh all ope ra te to inv alid at e the e xe rc is e
of juri sdi ct ion by Hi s Ma je st y in Counc il to dispo se of app ea ls and
p eti tions fro m, or in re sp ec t of , any judg me nt, dec re e or ord er of any c our t
w ithin the te rri tory of Indi a in so fa r a s th e ex er ci se of suc h juri sdi ct ion i s
a uthor is ed by l aw, a nd a ny ord er of H is M aje st y in Counc il m ad e on any
su ch a ppe al or pe tit ion af te r th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution sha ll
fo r all purpo se s hav e effe ct a s if it we re an orde r or dec re e m ad e by th e
Sup re me Cou rt in th e ex er ci se of the ju ris dic tion conf er re d on suc h Cour t
by this Con sti tution .
(4) On and f rom th e co mm en ce me nt of th is Cons titu tion th e jur isd ic tion
of th e a uthor ity func tion ing a s th e P rivy Counc il in a S ta te sp ec if ie d in
P ar t B of the Fi rs t Sch edul e to en te rt ain and di spos e of appe al s and
p eti tions fro m or in re sp ec t of a ny judgm en t, de cr ee or orde r of a ny cou rt
w ithin tha t Sta te sh al l ce as e, and a ll app ea ls and othe r pro ce ed ings pending
183 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

b efo re th e s ai d a uthor ity at su ch co mm en ce me nt sha ll be tr an sf er re d to, a nd


di spos ed of by, th e Supre me Cour t.
(5) Furth er provis ion m ay be m ad e by Pa rl ia me nt by l aw to give effe ct to
th e provis ions of thi s ar ti cl e.
375. Co ur ts , autho ri ti es and off ic er s to co nt inu e to f unc tio n s ub je ct
to the provi sion s of the Con st it utio n. Al l cou rts of c ivil , cr im in al a nd
r ev enue juri sdi ct ion, a ll autho rit ie s a nd al l offi ce rs , judic ia l, e xe cut ive and
m ini st er ia l, th roughout th e t er rito ry of Ind ia , sh al l cont inue to ex er ci se
th ei r r es pe ct iv e func tions s ubje ct to th e prov is ions of thi s Con st itut ion.
376. P rov is ion s a s to Judg es of H igh Cou rt s. (1 ) Not with st anding
a nything in cl aus e (2) of ar tic le 217, th e Judg es of a H igh Cou rt in a ny
P rovinc e holding o ffi ce im me di at ely be for e the c om me nc em en t of thi s
Con st itut ion sh all , unle ss th ey hav e e le ct ed othe rw is e, bec om e on su ch
c om me nc em en t the J udge s of the H igh Cou rt in th e co rr es ponding St at e,
a nd sh al l the reupon be en tit le d to su ch sa la ri es and allo wa nc es and to s uch
r ights in re sp ec t of l ea ve of ab se nc e a nd pen sion a s ar e prov ided for und er
a rt ic le 221 in re sp ec t of th e Judg es of su ch H igh Cou rt. A ny suc h Judg e
sh al l, not wi ths tand ing tha t he is not a ci ti ze n of Indi a, be e ligib le for
a ppoint me nt as Chie f Ju sti ce of s uch H igh Cou rt, or as Chie f Ju sti ce or
oth er Judg e of any othe r H igh Court .
(2) Th e Judg es of a High Cou rt in a ny Indi an St at e c or re sponding to any
St at e sp ec if ie d in Pa rt B of th e Fir st S chedu le holding o ff ic e im me di at el y
b efo re the c om me nc em en t of thi s Con sti tution sha ll, unle ss they have
e le ct ed othe rw is e, bec om e on su ch c om me nc em en t the Judge s of the High
Cou rt in th e Sta te s o s pe ci fi ed and sha ll , not with st and ing a nything in
c la us es (1) and (2) of ar ti cl e 217 but subj ec t to th e provi so to c lau se (1) of
th at ar ti cl e, con tinu e to hold offi ce unt il the exp ir at ion of su ch per iod as
th e Pre si den t m ay by orde r det er mi ne .
(3) In thi s ar ti cl e, the exp re ss ion Judg e do es not includ e an ac ti ng
Judg e or an addi tiona l Judge .
377. Provi sio ns a s to Co mp trol le r and A udi tor- Ge ne ra l of Ind ia. The
Aud ito r- G ene ra l of Indi a holding offic e im me di at ely befo re the
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution sha ll, unle ss he ha s e le ct ed othe rw is e,
b eco me on su ch co mm en ce me nt th e Co mpt rol le r and A udito r- G en er al of
Ind ia and sh al l th er eupon be en tit led to suc h s al ar ie s a nd to su ch right s in
r es pe ct of l eav e of abs en ce and pens ion a s a re provid ed fo r unde r c lau se
(3 ) of a rt ic le 148 in re sp ec t of th e Co mpt rol le r and A udito r- G en er al of
Ind ia and be ent itl ed to c ontinu e to hold o ff ic e until th e exp ir at ion of hi s
t er m of offi ce as de te rm in ed unde r th e provi sion s wh ich we re app lic ab le to
hi m im me di at ely be for e su ch com me nc em en t.
378. Provi sio ns a s to Pub li c S erv ic e C ommi ss io ns . (1 ) The m em be rs
of the Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss io n for the D om inion of India holding o ff ic e
i mm ed ia te ly be for e the co mm en ce me nt of th is Con sti tution sh al l, unle ss
th ey hav e e le ct ed othe rw is e, be com e on s uch com me nc em en t the me mb er s
184 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

of th e Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss io n fo r the Union and sh al l, notw iths ta nding


a nything in cl aus es (1 ) and (2 ) of a rt ic le 316 but subj ec t to th e prov iso to
c la us e (2) of tha t a rt ic le , cont inue to hold o ff ic e until th e expi ra tion of
th ei r t er m of offi ce as de te rm in ed under th e rule s wh ich w er e app lic ab le
i mm ed ia te ly be for e such co mm en ce me nt to suc h m em be rs .
(2) Th e Me mb er s of a Publ ic Se rvic e Com mi ss ion of a P rovinc e or of a
Publ ic Se rvi ce Com mi ss ion se rving the nee ds of a group of Provin ce s
holding offi ce im me di at el y be for e th e co mm en ce me nt of this Cons titu tion
sh al l, unle ss they hav e el ec te d othe rw is e, be co me on suc h c om me nc em en t
th e me mb er s of the Publ ic S erv ic e Com mi ss ion fo r th e co rr espond ing Sta te
or the m em be rs of the Joint Sta te Publi c S erv ic e Co mm is si on se rv ing the
n eed s of th e co rr espond ing Sta te s, a s the c as e m ay be , a nd s ha ll,
not with st and ing a nything in cl aus es (1) and (2) of ar ti cl e 316 but subj ec t to
th e provi so to c la us e (2 ) of th at ar ti cl e, c ontinu e to hold o ff ic e until th e
e xpir at ion of th ei r te rm of o ff ic e as det er mi ned under the rule s whi ch we re
a ppli ca bl e im me di at ely be for e suc h c om me nc em en t to su ch me mb er s.
378A. Sp ec ia l provi sio n as to du ra tion of And hra Prad es h L egi sla tiv e
A ss embl y. No tw ith st anding a nything cont ain ed in a rt ic le 172, the
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly of the St at e of A ndhr a Pra de sh as c ons titu ted unde r
th e provi sion s of se ct ions 28 and 29 of th e St at es Re organ is at ion Ac t,
1956, sha ll , unl es s soon er di sso lved , c ontinu e for a pe riod of fiv e yea rs
f rom th e dat e re fe rr ed to in th e sa id se ct ion 29 and no long er and th e
e xpir at ion of th e sa id per iod s ha ll ope ra te a s a dis solu tion of th at
L egi sl at ive As se mb ly.
379.391. Rep . by th e Con st itut ion (Se ve nth A mend me nt ) Act , 1956, s.
29 and Sch .
392. Po we r of t he P re si de nt to remov e di ff ic ul tie s. (1) The Pr es ide nt
m ay, fo r the purpo se of re mo ving any diffi cul ti es , par tic ul ar ly in re la tion
to the t ran si tion fro m the provi sion s of the Gov ern me nt of Indi a A ct , 1935,
to the prov is ions of this Con st itut ion, by orde r dir ec t tha t th is Con sti tution
sh al l, dur ing su ch pe riod a s ma y be s pe ci fi ed in th e ord er, hav e e ff ec t
sub je ct to su ch ad apt at ions , wh eth er by way of mod ifi ca ti on, add ition or
o mis si on, as h e m ay de em to b e n ec es sa ry or exp edi en t:
Provid ed th at no su ch ord er sh al l be m ad e a ft er the fi rs t me et ing of
P ar lia me nt duly con st itut ed under Ch apt er I I of P ar t V.
(2) Ev ery orde r ma de und er cl au se (1 ) sha ll be l aid befo re P ar li am en t.
(3) The pow er s con fe rr ed on th e P re sid ent by th is a rti cl e, by ar tic le 324,
by cl aus e (3 ) of a rti cl e 367 a nd by ar tic le 391 sha ll , b efo re th e
c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons ti tution , be e xe rc is ab le by th e Gov er nor-
G en er al of th e D om inion of India .
185 THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

PART XXII
SHORT TITLE, COMMENCEMENT, AUTHORITATIVE
TEXT IN HINDI AND REPEALS
393. Sho rt t itl e. Thi s Cons ti tution ma y be ca ll ed the Con st itut ion of
Ind ia .
394. Comme nc e me nt . Thi s a rt ic le and a rt ic le s 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 60, 324,
366, 367, 379, 380, 388, 391, 392 and 393 sh al l co me into for ce at once ,
a nd th e re ma in ing prov is ions of thi s Con st itut ion sha ll co me in to fo rc e on
th e tw enty -s ixth day of Janu ar y, 1950, wh ic h d ay i s re fe rr ed to in thi s
Con st itut ion a s th e c om me nc em en t of thi s Cons titu tion.
394A. A utho ri ta tive te xt in the Hi ndi languag e. (1) Th e Pr es ide nt
sh al l ca us e to b e publ ish ed under hi s a utho rity,
( a) th e tr ans la tion of thi s Cons ti tution in the H indi langu age , s igned
by th e me mb er s of th e Con sti tuen t As se mb ly, wi th su ch mod if ic at ions as
m ay be ne ce ss ar y to bring it in c onfo rm ity wi th th e langu ag e, sty le and
t er mi nology adopt ed in th e autho rit at ive t ext s of C ent ra l Ac ts in the
H indi l angua ge , and in co rpor ating the re in a ll th e a me ndm en ts of thi s
Con st itut ion m ad e be for e suc h publ ic at ion; and
( b) th e tr ans la tion in the Hindi langu age of ev er y am en dm en t of thi s
Con st itut ion m ad e in the Engli sh langu ag e.
(2) The tr an sl ation of thi s Cons titu tion and of e ve ry am end me nt th er eof
publi sh ed unde r c lau se (1 ) sh all be con st rue d to hav e th e s am e me an ing a s
th e origin al th er eof and i f a ny di ff ic ulty a ri se s in so cons tru ing a ny p ar t of
su ch tr an sl ation , th e Pr es ide nt sha ll ca us e th e s am e to b e r evi se d suit abl y.
(3) The tr an sl ation of thi s Cons titu tion and of e ve ry am end me nt th er eof
publi sh ed under thi s ar ti cl e sha ll b e d ee me d to be , fo r al l purpo se s, th e
a uthor it ativ e te xt the reo f in th e Hindi l angua ge .
395. R ep ea ls. Th e India n Ind ep ende nc e Ac t, 1947, and the Gov ern me nt
of Indi a Ac t, 1935, tog eth er w ith al l ena ct me nt s a me nding or
supp le me nt ing th e la tt er A ct , but not in clud ing the Aboli tion of Privy
Coun ci l J uri sdi ct ion A ct , 1949, a re h er eby rep ea le d.

184

You might also like